10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission file number: 001-14649

Trex Company, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	54-1910453
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
160 Exeter Drive, Winchester, Virginia	22603-8605
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(540) 542-6300

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class:	Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posed pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting Company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting Company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  þ	Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  ¨    (Do not check if a smaller reporting Company)	Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell Company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2013, which was the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $805.6 million based on the closing price of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date and assuming, for purposes of this computation only, that the registrant’s directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of 10% or more of the registrant’s common stock are affiliates.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 13, 2014 was 16,741,324.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K as indicated herein:

Document	Part of 10-K into which incorporated
Proxy Statement relating to Registrant’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders	Part III

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
	PART I
Item 1.	Business		1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		9
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		13
Item 2.	Properties		13
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		14
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		15
	PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		16
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		18
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		20
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		31
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		31
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		31
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		31
Item 9B.	Other Information		34
	PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		35
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		35
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		35
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		35
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		35
	PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		36
	Index to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-1

i

NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report, including the information it incorporates by reference, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We intend our forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements in these sections. All statements regarding our expected financial position and operating results, our business strategy, our financing plans, forecasted demographic and economic trends relating to our industry and similar matters are forward-looking statements. These statements can sometimes be identified by our use of forward-looking words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect” or “intend.” We cannot promise you that our expectations in such forward-looking statements will turn out to be correct. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations because of various factors, including the factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in this report.

ii

PART I

Some of the information contained in this report concerning the markets and industry in which we operate is derived from publicly available information and from industry sources. Although we believe that this publicly available information and the information provided by these industry sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy of any of this information.

Item 1. Business

General

Trex Company, Inc. (the “Company”), founded as a Delaware corporation in 1998, is the world’s largest manufacturer of wood-alternative decking and railing products, which are marketed under the brand name Trex^®. Our principal executive offices are located at 160 Exeter Drive, Winchester, Virginia 22603, and our telephone number at that address is (540) 542-6300.

Products

We offer a comprehensive set of aesthetically durable, low maintenance product offerings in the decking, railing, porch, fencing, trim and steel deck framing categories. We believe that the range and variety of our product offerings allow consumers to design much of their outdoor living space using Trex brand products. The majority of our products are made in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene. Our products are provided in a wide selection of popular sizes and lengths and are available with several finishes and/or numerous colors.

Decking. We market our decking products under a number of brand names. Our principal brand names for decking are:

• Trex Transcend^®, Trex Enhance^® and Trex Select^®, which each feature a protective shell for enhanced protection against fading, staining, mold and scratching; and

• Trex Accents^®, which offers a smooth surface on one side and subtle wood grain on the other.

We also have Trex Hideaway^®, which is a hidden fastening system for specially grooved boards.

On December 31, 2013, we discontinued the manufacture of Trex Accents, which we do not believe will have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flow.

Railing. Our railing products are Trex Transcend Railing, Trex Designer Series Railing^®, Trex Select Railing, and Trex Reveal^® aluminum railing. Trex Transcend Railing is available in the colors of Trex Transcend decking and finishes that make it appropriate for use with Trex decking products as well as other decking materials, which we believe will enhance the sales prospects of our railing business. Our Designer Series Railing system consists of a decorative top and bottom rail, refined balusters, our Trex RailPost™, and post caps and skirts. Trex Select Railing, which is white, is for consumers who desire a simple clean finished look for their deck. Trex Reveal aluminum railing, which is available in three colors, is for consumers who want a sleek, contemporary aesthetic look.

On December 31, 2013, we discontinued the manufacture of Trex Designer Series Railing, which we do not believe will have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flow.

Porch. Our Trex Transcend Porch Flooring and Railing System is an integrated system of porch components and accessories.

Fencing. We offer our Trex Seclusions^® fencing product through two specialty distributors. This product consists of structural posts, bottom rail, pickets, top rail and decorative post caps.

1

Trim. Our TrexTrim™ product is a low maintenance cellular PVC residential exterior trim product that offers exceptional workability, durability, visual appeal and a low level of required maintenance.

Miscellaneous. We offer a steel deck framing system called Trex Elevations^®. We also offer a line of energy-efficient LED dimmable deck lighting, which is designed for use on posts, floors and steps, called Trex DeckLighting™. The line includes a post cap light, deck rail light, riser light and a recessed deck light.

We are a licensor in a number of licensing agreements with third parties to manufacture and sell products under the Trex trademark. For 2013, our licensed products are:

• Trex Outdoor Furniture™, which is a line of outdoor furniture products manufactured and sold by Poly-Wood, Inc.;

• Trex RainEscape^®, which is an above joist deck drainage system manufactured and sold by Dri-Deck Enterprises, LLC;

• Trex CustomCurve^®, which is an on-site system that allows contractors to heat and bend Trex products manufactured and sold by CurveIt, LLC;

• Trex Pergolas™, which are pergolas made from TrexTrim™, our low maintenance cellular PVC trim product, marketed by Home and Leisure, Inc. dba Backyard America;

• Diablo^® Trex Blade, which is a specialty saw blade for wood-plastic composite decking manufactured and sold by Freud America, Inc.; and

• Trex SpiralStairs™ and Structural Steel Posts (for use with the Elevations system), manufactured and sold by M. Cohen and Sons, Inc. dba The Iron Shop.

Trex products offer a number of significant aesthetic advantages over wood while eliminating many of wood’s major functional disadvantages, which include warping, splitting and other damage from moisture. Our products require no staining, are resistant to moisture damage, provide a splinter-free surface and need no chemical treatment against rot or insect infestation. These features eliminate most of the on-going maintenance requirements for a wood deck and make Trex products less costly than wood over the life of the deck. Like wood, Trex products are slip-resistant (even when wet) and are less vulnerable to damage from ultraviolet rays. Special characteristics (including resistance to splitting, the ability to bend, and ease and consistency of machining and finishing) facilitate deck, railing, fencing and trim installation, reduce contractor call-backs and afford customers a wide range of design options. Trex decking products do not have the tensile strength of wood and, as a result, are not used as primary structural members in posts, beams or columns used in a deck’s substructure. However, Trex does offer the Trex Elevations steel deck framing system.

We have received product building code listings from the major U.S. and Canadian building code listing agencies for both our decking and railing systems. Our listings facilitate the acquisition of building permits by deck builders and promote consumer and industry acceptance of our products as an alternative to wood in decking. In addition, Trex Seclusions privacy fencing has passed the Miami/Dade County wind load testing, a widely regarded standard for assessing a fencing product’s performance under extreme environmental conditions.

Growth Strategies

Our long-term goal is to perpetuate our position as the leading producer of branded superior wood-alternative outdoor living products by increasing our market share and expanding into new product categories and geographic markets. To attain this goal, we intend to employ the following long-term strategies:

• Innovation: Bring to the market new products that address unmet consumer and trade professional needs. Provide a compelling value proposition through ease of installation, low maintenance, long-term durability and superior aesthetics.

2

• Brand: Expand preference and commitment for the Trex brand with both the consumer and trade professional. Deliver on the brand’s promise of superior quality, functionality, aesthetics and overall performance in the outdoor living space. Leverage online efforts to build a bigger Trex brand presence digitally, extending our footprint nationally and globally.

• Channels: Achieve comprehensive market segment and geographic coverage for Trex products by increasing the number of stocking dealers and retailers and expanding our international presence, thereby making our products available wherever our customers choose to purchase their decking, railing, porch and trim products.

• Quality: Continuously advance the quality of all operational and business processes, with the goal of achieving superior product quality and service levels, thereby giving us a sustainable competitive advantage.

• Cost: Through capital investments and process engineering, continuously seek to lower the cost to manufacture Trex products. Investments in plastic recycling capabilities will allow us to expand our ability to use a wider breadth of waste streams and, as a result, lower our raw material costs. We plan to concentrate on improving the productivity of our production process, from raw materials preparation through extrusion into finishing and packaging.

Customers and Distribution

We distribute and/or sell our products as follows:

Wholesale Distributors/Retail Lumber Dealers. In 2013, we generated most of our sales through our wholesale distribution network by selling Trex products to wholesale distributors, who in turn, marketed our products to retail lumber outlets. These retail dealers sell to both homeowners and contractors, but they emphasize sales to professional contractors, remodelers and homebuilders. Contractor-installed decks generally are larger installations with professional craftsmanship. Our retail dealers generally provide sales personnel trained in Trex products, contractor training, inventory commitment and point-of-sale display support.

We believe that attracting wholesale distributors, who are committed to our products and marketing approach and can effectively sell higher value products to contractor-oriented lumber yards and other retail outlets, is important to our future growth. Our distributors are able to provide value-added service in marketing our products because they sell premium wood decking products and other innovative building materials that typically require product training and personal selling efforts. We typically appoint a distributor on a non-exclusive basis to distribute Trex products within a specified area. The distributor generally purchases our products at prices in effect at the time we ship the product to the distributor. Based on our 2013 net sales, sales to one of our distributors, Boise Cascade, exceeded 10% of our net sales.

Home Depot and Lowe’s. We sell our products through Home Depot and Lowe’s stores. Home Depot and Lowe’s purchase products directly from us for stocking on their shelves. They also purchase product through our wholesale distributors for special orders placed by consumers. Although Home Depot and Lowe’s serve the contractor market, the largest part of their sales are to “do-it-yourself” homeowner customers that shop for their materials at Home Depot and Lowe’s stores rather than at retail lumber dealers. We believe that brand exposure through Home Depot and Lowe’s distribution promotes consumer acceptance and generates sales to contractors that purchase from independent dealers.

Manufacturing Process

We have manufacturing facilities in Winchester, Virginia and Fernley, Nevada, which had floor space of approximately 455,000 square feet and 250,000 square feet, respectively, at December 31, 2013. In September 2007, we suspended operations at our Olive Branch, Mississippi facility and consolidated all of our manufacturing operations into our Winchester and Fernley sites.

3

Trex products are primarily manufactured from waste wood fiber and reclaimed polyethylene, which we sometimes refer to as “PE material” in this report. Our primary manufacturing process involves mixing wood particles with plastic, heating and finally extruding, or forcing, the highly viscous and abrasive material through a profile die. We have many proprietary and skill-based advantages in this process.

Production of a non-wood decking alternative such as ours requires significant capital investment, special process expertise and time to develop. We have continuously invested the capital necessary to expand our manufacturing capacity and improve our manufacturing processes. We have also broadened the range of raw materials that we can use to produce a consistent and high-quality finished product. We maintain research and development operations in the Trex Technical Center adjacent to our Winchester, Virginia manufacturing facilities. In connection with our building code listings, we maintain a quality control testing program that is monitored by an independent inspection agency.

We utilize Six Sigma practices and Standard Lean Manufacturing methodology within our plant operations. We also incorporate the use of these tools throughout our Company in the planning and execution of those projects that are the most important to our success.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts focus on innovation and developing new products, lowering the cost of manufacturing our existing products and redesigning existing product lines to increase efficiency and enhance performance. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, research and development costs were $2.9 million, $2.9 million, and $2.5 million, respectively, and have been included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Suppliers

The production of most of our products requires the supply of waste wood fiber and PE material.

We fulfill requirements for raw materials under both purchase orders and supply contracts. In the year ended December 31, 2013, we purchased substantially all of our waste wood fiber requirements under purchase orders, which do not involve long-term supply commitments. Substantially all of our PE material purchases are under short-term supply contracts that average approximately two years, for which pricing is negotiated as needed.

Waste Wood Fiber. Woodworking plants or mills are our preferred suppliers of waste wood fiber because the waste wood fiber produced by these operations contains little contamination and is low in moisture. These facilities generate waste wood fiber as a byproduct of their manufacturing operations.

If the waste wood fiber meets our specifications, our waste wood fiber supply agreements generally require us to purchase at least a specified minimum and at most a specified maximum amount of waste wood fiber each year. Depending on our needs, the amount of waste wood fiber that we actually purchase within the specified range under any supply agreement may vary significantly from year to year.

PE Material. The PE material we consumed in 2013 was primarily composed of recovered plastic film and plastic bags. Approximately two billion pounds of polyethylene resin are used in the manufacture of stretch film and plastic bags in the United States each year. We will continue to seek to meet our future needs for plastic from the expansion of our existing supply sources and the development of new sources, including post-industrial waste and plastic coatings. We believe our use of multiple sources provides us with a cost advantage and facilitates an environmentally responsible approach to our procurement of PE material.

Our ability to source and use a wide variety of PE material is important to our cost strategy. We maintain this ability through the continued expansion of our plastic reprocessing operations in combination with the advancement of our proprietary material preparation and extrusion processes.

4

Third-Party Manufacturing. We outsource the production of certain products to third-party manufacturers under supply contracts that commit us to purchase minimum levels for each year extending through 2015. We have purchase commitments under the third-party manufacturing contracts of $4.4 million and $1.9 million for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Competition

In decking, we compete with wood and other manufacturers of wood alternative decking products. Many of the conventional lumber suppliers with which we compete have established ties to the building and construction industry and have well-accepted products. In railing, we compete with wood and other manufacturers of composite, non-wood and plastic products, as well as with railings using metal, glass, vinyl and other materials. In privacy fencing, we compete with wood, vinyl and other manufacturers of composites. In trim, we compete against wood, engineered wood, fiber cement, and other manufacturers of cellular PVC and similar plastic products.

Our primary competition consists of wood products, which constituted a substantial majority of 2013 decking and railing sales, as measured by linear feet of lumber. A majority of the lumber used in wooden decks is pressure-treated lumber. Southern yellow pine and fir have a porosity that readily allows the chemicals used in the pressure treating process to be absorbed. The same porosity makes southern yellow pine susceptible to absorbing moisture, which causes the lumber to warp, crack, splinter and expel fasteners. In addition to pine and fir, other segments of wood material for decking include redwood, cedar and tropical hardwoods, such as ipe, teak and mahogany. These products are often significantly more expensive than pressure-treated lumber, but do not eliminate many of the disadvantages of other wood products.

Industry studies indicate that we have the leading market share of the wood-plastic composite / PVC segment of the decking and railing market. Our principal competitors include Advanced Environmental Recycling Technologies, Inc., Azek Building Products, Inc. and Fiber Composites, LLC.

Our ability to compete depends, in part, on a number of factors outside our control, including the ability of our competitors to develop new non-wood decking and railing alternatives that are competitive with our products. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the decking and railing market include product quality, price, aesthetics, maintenance cost, distribution and brand strength. We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors. We believe that our products offer aesthetic and cost advantages over the life of a deck when compared to other types of decking and railing materials. Although a contractor-installed deck built with Trex products in 2013 using a pressure-treated wood substructure generally costs more than a deck made entirely from pressure-treated wood, Trex products eliminate many of the on-going maintenance required for a pressure-treated deck and are, therefore, less costly over the life of the deck. We believe that our manufacturing process and utilization of relatively low-cost raw material sources provide us with a competitive cost advantage relative to other wood/plastic composite and 100% plastic decking products. The scale of our operations also confers cost efficiencies in manufacturing, sales and marketing.

Seasonality

Our net sales, gross profit and income from operations have historically varied from quarter to quarter. Such variations are often attributable to seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. We have historically experienced lower net sales during the fourth quarter because holidays and adverse weather conditions in certain regions reduce the level of home improvement and construction activity.

Government Regulation

We are subject to federal, state and local environmental regulation. The emissions of particulates and other substances from our manufacturing facilities must meet federal and state air quality standards implemented through air permits issued to us by the Department of Environmental Quality of the Commonwealth of Virginia,

5

the Division of Environmental Protection of Nevada’s Department of Conservation and Natural Resources and the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality. Our facilities are regulated by federal and state laws governing the disposal of solid waste and by state and local permits and requirements with respect to wastewater and storm water discharge. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our operations also are subject to work place safety regulation by the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Commonwealth of Virginia, the State of Nevada and the State of Mississippi. Our compliance efforts include safety awareness and training programs for our production and maintenance employees.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends, in part, upon our intellectual property rights relating to our products, production processes and other operations. We rely upon a combination of trade secret, nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements, and patent, copyright and trademark laws, to protect our proprietary rights. We have made substantial investments in manufacturing process improvements that have enabled us to increase manufacturing line production rates, facilitate our development of new products, and produce improvements in our existing products’ dimensional consistency, surface texture and color uniformity.

Intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties and may not exclude competitors from using the same or similar technologies, brands or works. We seek to secure effective rights for our intellectual property, but cannot provide assurance that third parties will not successfully challenge, or avoid infringing, our intellectual property rights.

We have obtained two patents for complementary methods of preparing the raw materials for the manufacturing phase of production, one patent on an apparatus for implementing one of the methods, and one patent on a tool for use with the installation of the decking board. We intend to maintain our existing patents in effect until they expire, beginning in 2015, as well as to seek additional patents as we consider appropriate.

We consider our trademarks to be of material importance to our business plans. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office has granted us federal registrations for many of our trademarks. Federal registration of trademarks is effective for as long as we continue to use the trademarks and renew their registrations. We do not generally register any of our copyrights with the U.S. Copyright Office, but rely on the protection afforded to such copyrights by the U.S. Copyright Act. This law provides protection to authors of original works, whether published or unpublished, and whether registered or unregistered. We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. If it is necessary to disclose proprietary information to third parties for business reasons, we require that such third parties sign a confidentiality agreement prior to any disclosure.

Employees

At December 31, 2013, we had approximately 590 full-time employees, approximately 445 of whom were employed in our manufacturing operations. Our employees are not covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our relationships with our employees are favorable.

Web Sites and Additional Information

The SEC maintains an Internet web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding our Company. In addition, we maintain an Internet corporate web site at www.trex.com. We make available through our web site our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such material with or to the SEC. We do not charge any fees to view, print or access these reports on our web site. The contents of our web site are not a part of this report.

6

Executive Officers and Directors

The table below sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of February 15, 2014.

Name	Age	Positions with Company
Ronald W. Kaplan	62	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
James E. Cline	62	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
F. Timothy Reese	61	Senior Vice President, Operations
Christopher P. Gerhard	41	Vice President, Sales
William R. Gupp	54	Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
Adam D. Zambanini	37	Vice President, Marketing
Paul A. Brunner	78	Director
Michael F. Golden	59	Director
Jay M. Gratz	61	Director, Lead Independent Director
Frank H. Merlotti, Jr.	63	Director
Richard E. Posey	67	Director
Patricia B. Robinson	61	Director

Ronald W. Kaplan has served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since May 2010. From January 2008 to May 2010, Mr. Kaplan served as a director and President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. From February 2006 through December 2007, Mr. Kaplan served as Chief Executive Officer of Continental Global Group, Inc., a manufacturer of bulk material handling systems. For 26 years prior to this, Mr. Kaplan was employed by Harsco Corporation, an international industrial services and products company, at which he served in a number of capacities, including as Senior Vice President-Operations, and, from 1994 through 2005, as President of Harsco’s Gas Technologies Group, which manufactures containment and control equipment for the global gas industry. Mr. Kaplan received a B.A. degree in economics from Alfred University and an M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania.

James E. Cline has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since August 2013 and as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer between March 2008 and July 2013. Mr. Cline served from July 2005 through December 2007 as the President of Harsco GasServ, a subsidiary of Harsco Corporation and a manufacturer of containment and control equipment for the global gas industry. From January 2008 through February 2008, in connection with the purchase of Harsco GasServ by Taylor-Wharton International LLC, which is owned by Windpoint Partners Company, Mr. Cline served as a consultant to the buyers by providing transition management and financial services. From April 1994 through June 2005, Mr. Cline served as the Vice President and Controller of Harsco GasServ. Mr. Cline served in various capacities with Huffy Corporation from June 1976 to February 1994, including as the Director of Finance of its True Temper Hardware subsidiary, a manufacturer of lawn care and construction products with nine manufacturing locations in the United States, Canada and Ireland. Mr. Cline received a B.S.B.A. degree in accounting from Bowling Green State University.

F. Timothy Reese has served as Senior Vice President, Operations of the Company since August 2013 and as Vice President, Operations between February 2008 and July 2013. From March 2007 through January 2008, Mr. Reese served as Operations Director for the Americas Region of DuPont Teijin Films, a DuPont Teijin Films U.S. Limited Partnership and producer of polyester films. From 1979 to March 2007, Mr. Reese served in various positions with DuPont, including Global Director, Business and Integrated Operations, DuPont High Performance Films, from November 1995 through November 1998; Director/Plant Manager, Global Operations, Cyrel^® Packaging Graphics Products, from December 1998 through May 2000; Director, Global Operations and Six Sigma Champion, Cyrel^® Packaging Graphics Products, from June 2000 through February 2001; and Director/Plant Manager in multiple assignments from March 2001 through February 2007, including in Corporate Operations, Human Resources and DuPont Chemical Solutions Enterprise. Mr. Reese served in the U.S. Navy and received a B.S. in ocean engineering with an emphasis on mechanical engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy.

7

Christopher P. Gerhard has served as Vice President, Sales of the Company since June 2012. From May 2006 through June 2012, Mr. Gerhard served in a number of capacities at the Company, most recently as Director, Field Sales. From 2002 to May 2006, Mr. Gerhard served in various capacities with Kraft Foods North America, a manufacturer of food and beverages, most recently as Southeast Region Customer Category Manager. Mr. Gerhard received a B.A. in English from the University of North Carolina—Greensboro, and a Masters in Science from Ohio University.

William R. Gupp has served as Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since October 2009. From May 2001 to October 2009, Mr. Gupp served as Vice President and General Counsel of the Company. From March 1993 to May 2001, Mr. Gupp was employed by Harsco Corporation, an international industrial services and products company, most recently as Senior Counsel and Director-Corporate Development. From August 1985 to March 1993, Mr. Gupp was employed by the law firm of Harter, Secrest & Emery. Mr. Gupp received a B.S. degree in accounting from Syracuse University and a J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Law School.

Adam D. Zambanini has served as Vice President, Marketing of the Company since January 2011. From September 2005 through December 2010, Mr. Zambanini served in a number of capacities at the Company, most recently as Director, Marketing. From January 2000 through September 2005, Mr. Zambanini was employed by Rubbermaid Commercial Products, most recently as Product Manager. Mr. Zambanini received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Penn State University, and a M.B.A. degree from Averett University.

Paul A. Brunner has served as a director of the Company since February 2003. Mr. Brunner is President and Chief Executive Officer of Spring Capital Inc., a merchant bank, which he founded in 1985. From 1982 to 1985, Mr. Brunner served as President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Operations of Asea-Brown Boveri, a multi-national Swiss manufacturer of high technology products. In 1967, he joined Crouse Hinds Company, a manufacturer of electronics and electronic equipment, and through 1982 held various positions with that company, including President and Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President of Operations, Vice President of Finance and Treasurer, and Director of Mergers and Acquisitions. Mr. Brunner served as a director of Johnson Controls, Inc. from 1983 through 2007, and as Chairman of its Audit Committee from 1989 to 2005. From 1959 to 1967, he worked for Coopers & Lybrand, an international accounting firm, as an audit supervisor. Mr. Brunner is a Certified Public Accountant. He received a B.S. degree in accounting from the University of Buenos Aires and an M.B.A. degree in management from Syracuse University.

Michael F. Golden has served as a director of the Company since February 2013. Mr. Golden currently serves as Co-Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Smith and Wesson Holding Corporation, a manufacturer of firearms and firearms-related products and accessories, and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of such company from December 2004 until his retirement in September 2011. Mr. Golden was employed in various executive positions with the Kohler Company, which manufactures kitchen and bath plumbing fixtures, furniture, tile, engines, and generators, and operates resorts, from February 2002 until December 2004, with his most recent position being the President of its Cabinetry Division. Mr. Golden was the President of Sales for the Industrial/Construction Group of the Stanley Works Company, which manufactures tools and hardware, from 1999 until 2002; Vice President of Sales for Kohler’s North American Plumbing Group from 1996 until 1998; and Vice President, Sales and Marketing for a division of The Black & Decker Corporation, which manufactures tools and hardware, where he was employed from 1981 until 1996. Mr. Golden also serves on the Board of Directors of Quest Resources Holding Company. Mr. Golden received a B.S. degree in Marketing from Pennsylvania State University and a M.B.A. degree from Emory University.

Jay M. Gratz has served as a director of the Company since February 2007, and Lead Independent Director since May 2010. Mr. Gratz has served as the Chief Financial Officer of VisTracks, Inc., an application enabling platform service provider, since March 2010, and a director of such company since April 2010. Mr. Gratz was a partner in Tatum LLC, a national executive services and consulting firm that focuses on the needs of the Office of the CFO between February 2010 and March 2010. From October 2007 through February 2010, Mr. Gratz was

8

an independent consultant. From 1999 through October 2007, Mr. Gratz served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ryerson Inc., a metals processor and distributor, and as President of Ryerson Coil Processing Division from November 2001 until October 2007. Mr. Gratz served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Inland Steel Industries, a steel company, from 1994 through 1998, and served in various other positions, including Vice President of Finance, within that company since 1975. Mr. Gratz is a Certified Public Accountant. He received a B.A. degree in economics from State University of New York in Buffalo and an M.B.A. degree from Northwestern University Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

Frank H. Merlotti, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since February 2006. Mr. Merlotti has served as President of the Coalesse business unit of Steelcase, Inc., a manufacturer of office furniture and furniture systems, since October 2006, and served as President of Steelcase North America from September 2002 through September 2006. Mr. Merlotti served as President and Chief Executive Officer of G&T Industries, a manufacturer and distributor of fabricated foam and soft-surface materials for the marine, office furniture and commercial building industries, from August 1999 to September 2002. From 1991 through 1999, Mr. Merlotti served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Metropolitan Furniture Company, a Steelcase Design Partnership company. From 1985 through 1999, Mr. Merlotti served as General Manager of the Business Furniture Division of G&T Industries.

Richard E. Posey has served as a director of the company since May 2009. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Moen Incorporated, a manufacturer of faucets, for six years before retiring in 2007. Prior to joining Moen, Mr. Posey was President and Chief Executive Officer of Hamilton Beach / Proctor Silex, Inc., a manufacturer of small kitchen appliances, for five years. Mr. Posey began his career at S.C. Johnson & Son, a supplier of cleaning and other household products, where for 22 years he served in a series of increasingly responsible management positions, both overseas and in the U.S., culminating with Executive Vice President, Consumer Products, North America. Mr. Posey is a Founding Trustee, Virginia Commonwealth University School of Engineering Foundation. He received a B.A. degree in English from The University of Southern California and an M.B.A. degree from The University of Michigan.

Patricia B. Robinson has served as a director of the Company since November 2000. Ms. Robinson has been an independent consultant since 1999. From 1977 to 1998, Ms. Robinson served in a variety of positions with Mead Corporation, a forest products company, including President of Mead School and Office Products, Vice President of Corporate Strategy and Planning, President of Gilbert Paper, Plant Manager of a specialty machinery facility and Product Manager for new packaging product introductions. Ms. Robinson received a B.A. degree in economics from Duke University and an M.B.A. degree from the Darden School at the University of Virginia.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including the following:

We may not be able to grow unless we increase market acceptance of our products, compete effectively and develop new products and applications.

Our primary competition consists of wood products, which constitute a substantial majority of decking, railing, porches, fencing, trim and deck framing sales. Since wood/plastic composite products were introduced to the market in the early 1990’s, their market acceptance has increased, but during the last few years, the rate of conversion from purchasing wood products to purchasing wood/plastic composite products has slowed. Our ability to grow will depend in part on our success in continuing to convert demand for wood in decking, railing, fencing, trim and deck framing applications into a demand for Trex products. To increase our market share, we must overcome:

• the consumer lack of awareness of the enhanced value of non-wood decking, railing, fencing, trim and deck framing alternatives in general and Trex brand products in particular;

• the resistance of many consumers and contractors to change from well-established wood products;

9

• the consumer lack of awareness that the greater initial expense of Trex products compared to wood is a one-time cost that is realized over time as Trex products have a longer life span than wood;

• the established relationships existing between suppliers of wood decking, railing, fencing, trim and deck framing products and contractors and homebuilders;

• actual and perceived quality issues with first generation wood/plastic composite products; and

• the competition from other wood-alternative manufacturers.

We must also compete with a number of companies in the wood/plastic composites segment of the decking, railing, fencing and trim markets and with wood producers that currently have more production capacity than is required to meet the demand for such products. Our failure to compete successfully in such markets could have a material adverse effect on our ability to replace wood or increase the market share of wood/plastic composites compared to wood. Many of the conventional lumber suppliers with which we compete have established ties to the building and construction industry and have well-accepted products. Our ability to compete depends, in part, upon a number of factors outside our control, including the ability of competitors to develop new non-wood alternatives that are more competitive with Trex products.

In addition to the above, substantially all of our revenues are derived from sales of our proprietary wood/plastic composite material. Although we have developed, and continue to develop, new products made from other materials, if we should experience significant problems, real or perceived, with product quality or acceptance of the Trex wood/polyethylene composite material, our lack of product diversification could have a significant adverse impact on our net sales levels.

Our prospects for sales growth and profitability may be adversely affected if we fail to maintain product quality and product performance at an acceptable cost.

We will be able to expand our net sales and to sustain and enhance profitable operations only if we succeed in maintaining the quality and performance of our products. If we should not be able to produce high-quality products at standard manufacturing rates and yields, unit costs may be higher. A lack of product performance would negatively affect our profitability by impeding acceptance of our products in the marketplace and by leading to higher product replacement and consumer relations expenses. In recent periods, we have experienced significant warranty expenses related to material produced at our Nevada facility prior to 2007 that exhibits surface flaking. We have limited our financial exposure by agreeing to settle a nationwide class action lawsuit which fixes our obligation in each claim to provide replacement product and provide a partial labor reimbursement. However, because the establishment of reserves is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates of the number of future claims, our ultimate losses may differ from our warranty reserve. Increases we have made to the warranty reserve and payments for related claims in recent years have had a material adverse effect on our profitability and cash flows. Future increases to the warranty reserve could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and cash flows should we make such increases and pay such claims.

In addition, our products are used outdoors and are sometimes subject to heavy use and harsh exposure to the environment. Although our Limited Warranty excludes any conditions attributable to “any act of God (such as flooding, hurricane, earthquake, lightning, etc., ), environmental condition (such as air pollution, mold, mildew, etc.), staining from foreign substances (such as dirt, grease, oil, etc.), or normal weathering (defined as exposure to sunlight, weather and atmosphere which may cause any colored surface to gradually fade, chalk, or accumulate dirt or stains”), to the extent that our products are affected in any way, this may lead to an increased risk of product liability claims or litigation.

A number of class action lawsuits based upon mold growth, color fading and color variation on our products have been brought against us. (See Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, for a discussion of the status of these lawsuits.) These claims, as well as other potential claims, are a potential financial exposure to us and could cause

10

adverse publicity, which in turn could result in a loss of consumer confidence in our products and also reduce our sales. Product quality claims could increase our expenses and have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and, consequently, reduce our net sales, net income and liquidity.

Our business is subject to risks in obtaining the raw materials we use at acceptable prices.

The production of our product requires substantial amounts of wood fiber and PE material. Our business strategy is to create a substantial cost advantage over our competitors by using recycled plastic and reclaimed wood. Our business could suffer from the termination of significant sources of raw materials, the payment of higher prices for raw materials or from the failure to obtain sufficient additional raw materials to meet planned increases in production. Our ability to obtain adequate supplies of PE material depends on our success in developing new sources that meet our quality requirements, maintaining favorable relationships with suppliers and managing the collection of supplies from geographically dispersed locations.

We sell to certain customers that account for a significant portion of our sales, and the loss of one or more of these customers could have an adverse effect on our business.

A limited number of customers account for a significant percentage of our sales. Specifically, sales through our 15 largest customers each year accounted for approximately 89% of gross sales during fiscal year 2013, 90% during fiscal year 2012 and 89% during fiscal year 2011.

We expect that a significant portion of our sales will continue to be sold through a small number of customers, and certain customers will continue to account for a significant portion of our sales. The loss of a significant customer could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have limited ability to control or project inventory build-ups in our distribution channel that can negatively affect our sales in subsequent periods.

The dynamic nature of our industry can result in substantial fluctuations in inventory levels of Trex products carried in our two-step distribution channel. We have limited ability to control or precisely project inventory build-ups, which can adversely affect our net sales levels in subsequent periods. We make the substantial majority of our sales to wholesale distributors, who, in turn, sell our products to local lumber yards. Because of the seasonal nature of the demand for decking, railing, fencing and trim, our distribution channel partners must forecast demand for our products, place orders for the products, and maintain Trex product inventories in advance of the prime deck-building season, which generally occurs in our late first through third fiscal quarters. Accordingly, our results for the second and third fiscal quarters are difficult to predict and past performance will not necessarily indicate future performance. Inventory levels respond to a number of changing conditions in our industry, including product price increases resulting from escalating raw materials costs, increases in the number of competitive producers and in the production capacity of those competitors, the rapid pace of product introduction and innovation, changes in the levels of home-building and remodeling expenditures, and the cost and availability of credit.

The demand for our products is affected by adverse weather conditions.

Our products are generally purchased shortly before installation and used in outdoor environments. As a result, there is a correlation between the amount of product we sell and the weather conditions around the time they are to be installed. Weather conditions, such as very high or low temperatures, intense and prolonged precipitation, hurricanes, floods, and regional fires in the regions we sell our products interfere with ordinary construction, delay projects and can even lead to cessation of certain construction involving our products.

11

Since weather conditions and seasonal cycles cannot be accurately predicted, adverse weather conditions may shift our sales to subsequent reporting periods, or may also reduce overall sales given the limited decking season in many locations. Prolonged adverse weather conditions could have a negative impact on our financial statements.

The demand for our products is influenced by general economic conditions and could be adversely affected by economic downturns.

The demand for our products is correlated to changes in the health of the economy in general, and the level of activity in home improvements and, to a much lesser extent, new home construction. These activity levels, in turn, are affected by such factors as home equity values, consumer spending habits, employment, interest rates and inflation. Market conditions in the housing industry slowed significantly in 2008 and subsequent periods thereafter, particularly in new home construction. Home equity values in many markets that decreased significantly during those time periods have not recovered or have only begun to recover. This devaluation in home equity values has adversely affected the availability of home equity withdrawals, which have resulted in decreased home improvement spending. Beginning in 2008, the economy has suffered an unprecedented downturn. We cannot predict when the economy and the home remodeling and new home construction environments will fully recover. Any continued economic downturn could reduce consumer income or equity capital available for spending on discretionary items such as decking, railing, porches, fencing and trim, which could adversely affect the demand for our products.

We have significant capital invested in property, plant and equipment that may become obsolete or impaired and result in a charge to our earnings.

At December 31, 2013, we had $100.8 million of net property, plant and equipment. The improvement we seek to make to our manufacturing processes sometimes involves the implementation of new technology and replacement of equipment at our manufacturing facilities, which may result in charges to our earnings if the existing equipment is not fully depreciated. In September 2007, we suspended operations at our Olive Branch facility and consolidated all of our manufacturing operations into our Winchester and Fernley sites. In September 2009, we recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $23.3 million related to the long-lived assets held at the facility. Of our net property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2013, approximately $6.9 million is located at our Olive Branch, Mississippi manufacturing facility. We do not currently anticipate further impairments on the remaining assets. However, changes in the expected cash flows related to the facility could result in additional impairment charges and reduced earnings in future periods.

Our level of indebtedness, and ability to continue to obtain financing on favorable terms, could adversely affect our financial health and ability to compete.

As of December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding indebtedness. Our indebtedness has been substantially reduced from its level on December 31, 2011 due to our repayment on July 1, 2012 of the remaining $91.9 million principal balance on our 6% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes, which matured as of such date. It is foreseeable that we will need to borrow on our current senior secured credit facility in 2014 for working capital purposes. In addition, we may borrow money in the event we elect to pursue an acquisition or other transaction. Accordingly, our future level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it may:

• increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including interest rate fluctuations;

• require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

• limit our ability to borrow additional funds to alleviate liquidity constraints, as a result of financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness;

12

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

• place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies that have less indebtedness; and

• limit our ability to refinance our principal secured indebtedness.

In addition, our senior secured credit facility imposes operating and financial restrictions that may limit our discretion on some business matters, which could make it more difficult for us to expand, finance our operations and engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. These restrictions may limit our ability to:

• incur additional indebtedness and additional liens on our assets;

• engage in mergers or acquisitions or dispose of assets;

• enter into sale-leaseback transactions;

• pay dividends or make other distributions;

• voluntarily prepay other indebtedness;

• enter into transactions with affiliated persons;

• make investments; and

• change the nature of our business.

We may incur indebtedness in addition to our current indebtedness. Any additional indebtedness we may incur in the future could subject us to similar or even more restrictive conditions.

Our ability to make future principal and interest payments, borrow and repay amounts under our revolving credit facility and continue to comply with our loan covenants will depend primarily on our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations. Our failure to comply with our loan covenants might cause our lenders to accelerate our repayment obligations under our credit facility, which may be declared payable immediately based on a default. Our ability to borrow under our revolving credit facility is tied to a borrowing base consisting of certain accounts receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment and real estate. To remain in compliance with our credit facility, we must maintain specified financial ratios based on our levels of debt, capital, net worth, fixed charges, and earnings (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary non-cash losses) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, all of which are subject to the risks of our business.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We lease our corporate headquarters in Winchester, Virginia, which consists of approximately 32,000 square feet of office space, under a lease that expires in March 2020. In 2005, in anticipation of relocating our corporate headquarters, we entered into an agreement to lease approximately 55,000 square feet of office space in Dulles, Virginia. The lease expires in mid-2019. Subsequently, we reconsidered our decision to relocate our corporate headquarters and decided not to move. We have executed subleases for approximately 42,000 square feet of the leased space and are currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. The terms of the existing subleases expire in years 2014 to 2019. For a description of our financial reporting in connection with the Dulles lease agreement, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report.

13

We own approximately 74 contiguous acres of land in Winchester, Virginia and the buildings on this land. The site includes our manufacturing facilities, which contain approximately 455,000 square feet of space, and our research and development technical facility. We own the land and the manufacturing facility on the Fernley, Nevada site, which contains approximately 250,000 square feet of manufacturing space. Our Fernley site is located on approximately 37 acres, which includes outside open storage. We own approximately 102 acres of land in Olive Branch, Mississippi and the buildings on this land. The site contains four buildings with approximately 200,000 square feet for manufacturing and raw material handling operations. In September 2007, we suspended operations at our Olive Branch facility and consolidated all of our manufacturing operations into our Winchester and Fernley sites. Our facilities provide adequate capacity for current and anticipated future consumer demand.

We lease a total of approximately 1.0 million square feet of storage warehouse space under leases with expiration dates ranging from 2014 to 2025. For information about these leases, see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report.

The equipment and machinery we use in our operations consist principally of plastic and wood conveying and processing equipment. We own all of our manufacturing equipment. We lease forklift equipment at our facilities under operating leases.

We regularly evaluate our various facilities and equipment and make capital investments where necessary. In 2013, we spent a total of $13.1 million on capital expenditures, primarily related to new products and to make process and productivity improvements. We estimate that our capital expenditures in 2014 will be in approximately $15 million. We expect to use these expenditures principally to support cost reduction initiatives, new product launches in current and adjacent categories and general business support.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On January 19, 2009, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the Superior Court of California, Santa Cruz County, by the lead law firm of Lieff, Cabraser, Heimann & Bernstein, LLP and certain other law firms (the “Lieff Cabraser Group”) on behalf of Eric Ross and Bradley S. Hureth and similarly situated plaintiffs. These plaintiffs generally alleged certain defects in the Company’s products, and that the Company failed to provide adequate remedies for defective products. On February 13, 2009, the Company removed this case to the United States District Court, Northern District of California. On January 21, 2009, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the United States District Court, Western District of Washington by the law firm of Hagens Berman Sobol Shapiro LLP (“Hagens Berman”) on behalf of Mark Okano and similarly situated plaintiffs, generally alleging certain product defects in the Company’s products, and that the Company failed to provide adequate remedies for defective products. This case was transferred by the Washington Court to the California Court as a related case to the Lieff Cabraser Group’s case.

On July 30, 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California preliminarily approved a settlement of the claims of the lawsuit commenced by the Lieff Cabraser Group involving surface flaking of the Company’s product, and on March 15, 2010, it granted final approval of the settlement.

On March 25, 2010, the Lieff Cabraser Group amended its complaint to add claims relating to alleged defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth. Hagens Berman alleged similar claims in its original complaint. In its Final Order approving the surface flaking settlement, the District Court consolidated these pending actions relating to the mold claims, and appointed Hagens Berman as lead counsel in this case. On December 3, 2010, Hagens Berman filed an amended consolidated complaint in the United States District Court, Northern District of California relating to the mold growth claims (now on behalf of Dean Mahan and other named plaintiffs).

14

On December 15, 2010, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the United States District Court, Western District of Kentucky, by Cohen & Malad, LLP (“Cohen & Malad”) on behalf of Richard Levin and similarly situated plaintiffs in Kentucky, and on June 13, 2011, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in the Marion Circuit/Superior Court of Indiana by Cohen & Malad on behalf of Ellen Kopetsky and similarly situated plaintiffs in Indiana. On June 28, 2011, the Company removed the Kopetsky case to the United States District Court, Southern District of Indiana. (On September 3, 2013, the two lawsuits commenced by Cohen & Malad were settled.) On August 11, 2011, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in the 50 ^th Circuit Court for the County of Chippewa, Michigan on behalf of Joel and Lori Peffers and similarly situated plaintiffs in Michigan. On August 26, 2011, the Company removed the Peffers case to the United States District Court, Western District of Michigan. On April 4, 2012, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County by the lead law firm of Stull, Stull & Brody (the “Stull Group”) on behalf of Caryn Borger, M.D. and similarly situated plaintiffs in New Jersey. On May 1, 2012, the Company removed the Borger case to the United States District Court, District of New Jersey. (On December 5, 2013, the lawsuit commenced by the Stull Group was settled.) The plaintiffs in these purported class actions alleged certain defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth.

On April 5, 2013, the Company signed a settlement agreement with Hagens Berman that settled the case pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of California on a nationwide basis, and the parties filed for preliminary approval of such settlement (the “nationwide settlement”). The material terms of the nationwide settlement, as amended by an amended settlement agreement signed on September 3, 2013, are as follows:

• Trex will make a one-time cash payment or the opportunity to receive other relief, including a rebate certificate on its newer-generation shelled product (Trex Transcend^® and Trex Enhance^®). This relief would be available for any consumer whose first-generation composite decking product has a certain defined level of mold growth, color fading or color variation.

• Trex agreed to discontinue the manufacture of non-shelled decking, railing and fencing products (other than Trex Traditional Railing and Trex Seclusions Fencing) by December 31, 2013.

• Trex agreed to provide a video demonstrating cleaning instructions for non-shelled products on its website, and to distribute warranty pads to retailers.

• The cost to Trex is capped at $8.25 million plus $1.45 million in attorneys’ fees to be paid to the Plaintiffs’ counsel upon final approval of the nationwide settlement by the Court.

The settlement agreement provides that the nationwide settlement applies to any Trex first-generation non-shelled composite decking, railing and fencing product purchased between August 1, 2004 and the date of preliminary approval of the nationwide settlement.

On August 27, 2013, the Court entered an Order granting preliminary approval of the settlement agreement, and on December 16, 2013, the Court granted final approval of the settlement. At December 31, 2013, the Company has accrued a $3.2 million liability related to this litigation. It is reasonably possible that the Company may incur costs in excess of the recorded amounts; however, the Company expects that the total net cost to resolve the lawsuit will not exceed approximately $10 million.

The Company has other lawsuits, as well as other claims, pending against it which are ordinary routine litigation and claims incidental to the business. Management has evaluated the merits of these other lawsuits and claims, and believes that their ultimate resolution will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or competitive position.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

15

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, since April 8, 1999. Between April 8, 1999 and November 22, 2009, it was listed under the symbol “TWP”. Effective November 23, 2009, the symbol changed to “TREX”. The table below shows the reported high and low sale prices of our common stock for each quarter during 2013 and 2012 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange:

2013	High		Low
First Quarter	$	51.50	$	38.10
Second Quarter		58.03		45.24
Third Quarter		52.11		41.25
Fourth Quarter		83.04		46.26
2012	High		Low
First Quarter	$	32.76	$	22.62
Second Quarter		33.89		25.41
Third Quarter		34.74		24.51
Fourth Quarter		40.81		32.57

Dividend Policy

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not plan to pay any cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future. Under the terms of our credit agreement, there are restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends.

16

Stockholder Return Performance Graph

The following graph and table show the cumulative total stockholder return on Trex Company’s common stock for the last five fiscal years compared to the Russell 2000 Index and the Standard and Poor’s 600 Building Products Index. The graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2008 in (1) Trex Company common stock, (2) the Russell 2000 Index and (3) the S&P 600 Building Products Index, and assumes reinvestment of dividends and market capitalization weighting as of December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

	December 31, 2008		December 31, 2009		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2011		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013
Trex Company	$	100.00	$	119.08	$	145.57	$	139.19	$	226.18	$	483.17
Russell 2000	$	100.00	$	127.17	$	161.32	$	154.57	$	179.84	$	249.66
S&P 600 BPI	$	100.00	$	125.46	$	142.49	$	133.90	$	173.88	$	253.49

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On August 1, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25 million of our outstanding common stock over a six-month period (the “August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program”). During the three months ended September 30, 2013, we repurchased 561,255 shares for $25.0 million at an average price of $44.54 per share, which completed the authorization under the August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program.

On October 24, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized an additional common stock repurchase program, expiring on February 10, 2014, of up to $30 million of our outstanding common stock (the “October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program”). We made no repurchases under the October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program before it expired.

Other Stockholder Matters

As of February 7, 2014, there were approximately 189 holders of record of our common stock.

In 2013, we submitted to the NYSE in a timely manner the annual certification that our Chief Executive Officer was not aware of any violation by us of the NYSE corporate governance listing standards.

17

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected financial data as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2013.

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013 (1)			2012 (2)			2011 (3)			2010 (4)			2009 (5)
	(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Statement of Comprehensive Income Data:
Net sales	$	342,511		$	307,354		$	266,789		$	317,690		$	272,286
Cost of sales		243,893			222,772			203,998			244,875			191,759
Gross profit		98,618			84,582			62,791			72,815			80,527
Selling, general and administrative expenses		73,967			71,907			60,620			67,764			65,257
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			—			—			23,251
Income (loss) from operations		24,651			12,675			2,171			5,051			(7,981	)
Interest expense, net		602			8,946			16,364			15,288			14,699
Income (loss) before income taxes		24,049			3,729			(14,193	)		(10,237	)		(22,680	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(10,549	)		1,009			(2,605	)		(171	)		(5,811	)
Net income (loss)	$	34,598		$	2,720		$	(11,588	)	$	(10,066	)	$	(16,869	)
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	2.06		$	0.17		$	(0.75	)	$	(0.66	)	$	(1.12	)
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		16,794,841			16,123,592			15,388,456			15,187,028			15,061,603
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	2.02		$	0.16		$	(0.75	)	$	(0.66	)	$	(1.12	)
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		17,136,751			17,064,856			15,388,456			15,187,028			15,061,603
Cash Flow Data:
Cash provided by operating activities	$	45,208		$	60,443		$	33,847		$	18,994		$	35,063
Cash used in investing activities		(12,697	)		(7,484	)		(9,367	)		(9,773	)		(6,638	)
Cash used in financing activities		(30,898	)		(55,326	)		(47,224	)		(1,465	)		(32,100	)
Other Data (unaudited):
EBITDA (6)	$	40,597		$	29,149		$	20,589		$	24,666		$	38,172
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	3,772		$	2,159		$	41,526		$	27,270		$	19,514
Working capital		28,994			10,158			(18,574	)		66,057			49,214
Total assets		188,157			168,615			228,090			247,815			244,543
Total debt (including derivatives)		—			5,000			86,425			85,095			77,571
Total stockholder’s equity	$	106,616		$	93,986		$	92,499		$	102,922		$	110,198

(1) Year ended December 31, 2013 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve and a $19.9 million income tax benefit resulting from a significant reversal of our valuation allowance, $10.9 million of which was a direct result of the Company’s decision to exit a full valuation allowance.

18

(2) Year ended December 31, 2012 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $21.5 million to the warranty reserve.

(3) Year ended December 31, 2011 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $10.0 million to the warranty reserve and a $2.6 million income tax benefit as a result of the settlement of uncertain tax positions.

(4) Year ended December 31, 2010 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $15.0 million to the warranty reserve and $3.9 million for minimum purchase penalties.

(5) Year ended December 31, 2009 was materially affected by pre-tax impairment of long-lived assets at idle Olive Branch facility of $23.3 million.

(6) EBITDA represents net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The Company has included data with respect to EBITDA because management evaluates and projects the performance of the Company’s business using several measures, including EBITDA. Management considers EBITDA to be an important supplemental indicator of the Company’s operating performance, particularly as compared to the operating performance of the Company’s competitors, because this measure eliminates many differences among companies in capitalization and tax structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets, as well as some recurring non-cash and non-operating charges to net income or loss. For these reasons, management believes that EBITDA provides important supplemental information to investors regarding the operating performance of the Company and facilitates comparisons by investors between the operating performance of the Company and the operating performance of its competitors. Management believes that consideration of EBITDA should be supplemental, because EBITDA has limitations as an analytical financial measure. These limitations include the following:

• EBITDA does not reflect the Company’s cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments;

• EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on the Company’s indebtedness;

• although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

• EBITDA does not reflect the effect of earnings or charges resulting from matters the Company considers not to be indicative of its ongoing operations; and

• not all of the companies in the Company’s industry may calculate EBITDA in the same manner in which the Company calculates EBITDA, which limits its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The Company compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on its GAAP results to evaluate its operating performance and by considering independently the economic effects of the foregoing items that are not reflected in EBITDA. As a result of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), as calculated in accordance with GAAP, as a measure of operating performance, nor should it be considered as an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Net income (loss)	$	34,598		$	2,720	$	(11,588	)	$	(10,066	)	$	(16,869	)
Plus interest expense, net		602			8,946		16,364			15,288			14,699
Plus income tax provision (benefit)		(10,549	)		1,009		(2,605	)		(171	)		(5,811	)
Plus depreciation and amortization		15,946			16,474		18,418			19,615			22,902
Plus impairment of long-lived assets		—			—		—			—			23,251
EBITDA	$	40,597		$	29,149	$	20,589		$	24,666		$	38,172

19

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This management’s discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All statements regarding our expected financial position and operating results, our business strategy, our financing plans, forecasted demographic and economic trends relating to our industry and similar matters are forward-looking statements. These statements can sometimes be identified by our use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” or similar expressions. We cannot promise you that our expectations in such forward-looking statements will turn out to be correct. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations because of various factors, including the factors discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” These statements are also subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company’s actual operating results to differ materially. Such risks and uncertainties include the extent of market acceptance of the Company’s products; the costs associated with the development and launch of new products and the market acceptance of such new products; the sensitivity of the Company’s business to general economic conditions; the impact of seasonal and weather-related demand fluctuations on inventory levels in the distribution channel and sales of the Company’s products; the Company’s ability to obtain raw materials at acceptable prices; the Company’s ability to maintain product quality and product performance at an acceptable cost; the level of expenses associated with product replacement and consumer relations expenses related to product quality; and the highly competitive markets in which the Company operates.

Overview

General. Trex Company, Inc. is the world’s largest manufacturer of wood-alternative decking and railing products, which are marketed under the brand name Trex^®. We offer a comprehensive set of aesthetically durable, low maintenance product offerings in the decking, railing, porch, fencing, trim and steel deck framing categories. We believe that the range and variety of our product offerings allow consumers to design much of their outdoor living space using Trex brand products.

We have four principal decking products: Trex Transcend^®, Trex Enhance^®, Trex Select^®, and Trex Accents^®; four railing products: Trex Transcend Railing, Trex Designer Series Railing^®, Trex Select Railing, and Trex Reveal^® aluminum railing; a porch product, Trex Transcend Porch Flooring and Railing System; a steel deck framing system, Trex Elevations^®; a fencing product, Trex Seclusions^®; a deck lighting system, Trex DeckLighting™; and a cellular PVC outdoor trim product, TrexTrim™. In addition, we offer Trex Hideaway^®, which is a hidden fastening system for specially grooved boards.

On December 31, 2013, we discontinued the manufacture of Trex Accents and Trex Designer Series Railing, which we do not believe will have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flow.

Highlights related to the fourth quarter and full year 2013 include:

• Net sales increased 38% in the fourth quarter of 2013 and 11% in the full year of 2013 compared to the respective periods in 2012 due primarily to an increase in sales volumes.

• We generated positive cash flow from operations and ended the year with no outstanding indebtedness.

• During 2013, we used cash on hand to repurchase $25 million of our outstanding common stock under a stock repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in August 2013.

• We recorded a $20 million increase to the warranty reserve in 2013 to settle future claims related to material produced prior to 2007 at our Nevada facility that exhibits surface flaking.

• We reduced a substantial portion of our valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

Net Sales. Net sales consist of sales and freight, net of returns and discounts. The level of net sales is principally affected by sales volume and the prices paid for Trex products. Our branding and product differentiation strategy enables us to command premium prices over wood products. Our operating results have

20

historically varied from quarter to quarter, in part due to seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. We have historically experienced lower net sales during the fourth quarter because holidays and adverse weather conditions in certain regions reduce the level of home improvement and construction activity.

Sales Incentives / Early Buy Program: As part of our normal business practice and consistent with industry practices, we have historically provided our distributors and dealers incentives to build inventory levels before the start of the prime deck-building season to ensure adequate availability of product to meet anticipated seasonal consumer demand and to enable production planning. These incentives, which together we reference as our “early buy program,” include payment discounts and favorable payment terms. In addition, from time to time we may offer price discounts or volume rebates on specified products and other incentives based on increases in purchases as part of specific promotional programs.

We launched our early buy program for the 2014 decking season in December 2013. The timing and terms of the 2014 program are generally consistent with the timing and terms of the 2013 program launched in December 2012. To qualify for early buy program incentives, customers must commit to the terms of the program which specify eligible products and quantities, order deadlines and available terms, discounts and rebates. Early Buy shipments in December 2013 were higher than in December 2012 due, in part, to additions to our distribution network, an increase in demand for our products and a revised pricing strategy. There are no product return rights granted to our distributors except those granted pursuant to the warranty provisions of our agreements with distributors. We generally do not extend the payment terms beyond those offered in the program. In addition, our products are not susceptible to rapid changes in technology that may cause them to become obsolete. The early buy program can have a significant impact on our sales, receivables and inventory levels. We have provided further discussion of our receivables and inventory in the liquidity and capital resources section.

Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the difference between net sales and cost of sales. Cost of sales consists of raw materials costs, direct labor costs, manufacturing costs and freight. Raw materials costs generally include the costs to purchase and transport waste wood fiber, reclaimed polyethylene, or “PE material,” and pigmentation for coloring Trex products. Direct labor costs include wages and benefits of personnel engaged in the manufacturing process. Manufacturing costs consist of costs of depreciation, utilities, maintenance supplies and repairs, indirect labor, including wages and benefits, and warehouse and equipment rental activities.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. The largest component of selling, general and administrative expenses is personnel related costs, which include salaries, commissions, incentive compensation, and benefits of personnel engaged in sales and marketing, accounting, information technology, corporate operations, research and development, and other business functions. Another component of selling, general and administrative expenses is branding and other sales and marketing costs, which are used to build brand awareness of Trex. These costs consist primarily of advertising, merchandising, and other promotional costs. Other general and administrative expenses include professional fees, office occupancy costs attributable to the business functions previously referenced, and consumer relations expenses. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses have varied from quarter to quarter due, in part, to the seasonality of our business.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. Our critical accounting estimates include the areas where we have made what we consider to be particularly difficult, subjective or complex judgments in making estimates, and where these estimates can significantly affect our financial results under different assumptions and conditions. We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As a result, we are required to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could be different from these estimates.

21

Inventories. We account for inventories at the lower of cost (last-in, first-out, or “LIFO”) or market value. We believe that our current inventory of finished goods will be saleable in the ordinary course of business and, accordingly, have not established significant reserves for estimated slow moving products or obsolescence. At December 31, 2013, the excess of the replacement cost of inventory over the LIFO value of inventory was approximately $24.5 million.

Product Warranty. We warrant that our products will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials. This warranty generally extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. (With respect to TrexTrim™ and Trex Reveal^® Railing, the warranty period is 25 years for both residential and commercial use.) With respect to our Transcend^®, Enhance^®, Select^® and Universal Fascia product, we further warrant that the product will not fade in color more than a certain amount and will be resistant to permanent staining from food substances or mold (provided the stain is cleaned within seven days of appearance). This warranty extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. If there is a breach of such warranties, we have an obligation either to replace the defective product or refund the purchase price.

Historically, we have not had material numbers of claims submitted or settled under the provisions of our product warranties, with the exception of claims related to material produced at our Nevada facility prior to 2007 that exhibits surface flaking. We continue to receive and settle surface flaking claims and maintain a warranty reserve to provide for the settlement of these claims. In 2009, we agreed to a settlement of a class action lawsuit covering the surface defect, stipulating our responsibilities with regard to such claims. Estimating the warranty reserve for surface flaking claims requires management to estimate (1) the average cost to settle each claim and (2) the number of claims to be settled with payment, both of which are subject to variables that are difficult to estimate.

The cost per claim varies due to a number of factors, including the size of affected decks, the type of replacement material used, the cost of production of replacement material and the method of claim settlement. Although the cost per claim does vary, it is less volatile and more predictable than the number of claims to be settled with payment, which is inherently uncertain.

The key component driving our potential liability is the number of claims that will ultimately require payment. To estimate the number of future paid claims, we utilize actuarial techniques to quantify both the expected number of claims to be received and the percentage of those claims that will ultimately require payment. Estimates for both of these elements (number and percentage of claims that will ultimately require payment) are quantified using a range of assumptions derived from the recent claim count history and the identification of factors influencing the claim counts, including the downward trend in received claims due to the passage of time since production of the suspect material. For each of the various parameters used in the analysis, the assumed values in the actuarial valuation produce results that represent our best estimate for the ultimate number of claims to be settled with payment.

A number of factors make estimates of the number of claims to be received inherently uncertain. We believe that production of the suspect material was confined to material produced from our Nevada facility prior to 2007, but are unable to determine the amount of suspect material produced or the exact time it takes for surface flaking to become evident in the suspect material and materialize as a claim. Furthermore, the aforementioned 2009 class action settlement and related public notices led to a significant increase in claims received in 2009 and disrupted the claims data and settlement patterns. Lastly, we are not aware of any analogous industry data that might be referenced in predicting future claims to be received.

The number of surface flaking claims received peaked in 2009 in conjunction with the class action settlement and related public notices and the trend of claims received began to decline significantly in 2010 and 2011, consistent with the our belief that the effect of the 2009 spike in claims was largely an acceleration of claims previously expected to be filed in future periods. As a result of the effects of the class action settlement and because the suspect material had not been produced since prior to 2007, we anticipated that the rate of decline in claims received would accelerate and the number of claims received would continue to decline significantly in 2012.

22

We monitor surface flaking claims activity each quarter for indications that our estimate of the number of claims expected requires revision. Due to extensive use of decks during the summer outdoor season, variance to annual claims expectations is typically observed during the latter part of our fiscal year. During the third quarter of 2012, based on an analysis of additional claims activity, we observed that the actual rate of decline in claims received in 2012 would fall short of our anticipated rate of decline. As a result, we revised our estimate of the future claims to be received to reflect a rate of decline that incorporated levels experienced in 2012. Although the number of claims expected to be received continued to decline each year, the effect of reducing the anticipated rate of decline increased the total number of claims expected in future years. As a result of these changes in estimate, we recorded an increase to the warranty reserve of $20 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012.

During the third quarter of 2013, the number of claims received was significantly greater than our prior estimates. Although the number of claims received during the first nine months of 2013 remained lower than those received during the first nine months of 2012, the number of claims received during the third quarter of 2013 exceeded those received during the third quarter of 2012. This represented the first quarterly year-over-year increase in the number of claims received since the 2009 class action settlement was made public.

We believe that this unexpected increase in claims was due primarily to a response to communications made by the Company in July 2013 informing homeowners of potential hazards associated with decking products exhibiting surface flaking that are not timely replaced. These communications included a public press release and over 10,000 letters sent to homeowners that previously filed surface flaking claims. In addition to contributing to the increase in new claims received, these communications resulted in the reopening of a significant number of claims previously closed. Furthermore, although not directly related to the surface flaking issue, in August 2013, the United States District Court, Northern District of California granted preliminary approval of a settlement agreement related to cases in which plaintiffs generally alleged certain defects in our products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth. We believe that public notices made subsequent to the Court approval increased homeowner awareness of product-related issues and contributed to the increased number of surface flaking claims received during the third quarter of 2013. As a result of these public communications, we expect to experience elevated claims activity, both in new claims received and reopened claims, for the near future, after which we expect a return to previously-experienced rates of decline. However, the elevated claims activity resulted in a material increase in the expected number of claims to settle with payment.

In addition to the increased number of expected claims to be settled with payment, we experienced an increase in the average cost to settle a claim during 2013. Analysis of claims data indicates that the increased cost per claim is driven primarily by an increase in the average size of settled claims, which we believe reflects a shift from partial deck replacements to full deck replacements. Also, our August 2013 decision to discontinue production of the Accents^® product, which is currently used as replacement material for surface flaking claims, necessitated a change in the average cost expectations due to the implications of transitioning to alternative replacement material.

Due to the unfavorable claims and cost experience during the three months ended September 30, 2013, as described above, we recorded a $20 million increase to the warranty reserve.

Our analysis is based on currently known facts and a number of assumptions. Projecting future events such as the number of claims to be received, the number of claims that will require payment and the average cost of claims could cause the actual warranty liabilities to be higher or lower than those projected which could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. We estimate that the number of claims received will decline over time. If the level of claims received does not diminish consistent with our expectations or if the cost to settle claims increases, it could result in additional increases to the warranty reserve and reduced earnings and cash flows in future periods. We estimate that a 10% change in the expected number of remaining claims to be settled with payment or the expected cost to settle claims may result in approximately a $4.1 million change in the warranty reserve.

23

The following table details surface flaking claims activity related to our warranty:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Claims unresolved, beginning of period		4,073			4,878			4,689
Claims received (1)		4,256			4,807			5,662
Claims resolved (2)		(4,080	)		(5,612	)		(5,473	)
Claims unresolved, end of period		4,249			4,073			4,878
Average cost per claim (3)	$	2,265		$	2,101		$	1,869

(1) Claims received include new claims received or identified during the period.

(2) Claims resolved include all claims settled with or without payment and closed during the period.

(3) Average cost per claim represents, for claims closed during the period, the average settlement cost of claims closed with payment (excludes claims settled without payment).

For additional information about product warranties, see Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report.

Contract Termination Costs. In anticipation of relocating our corporate headquarters, we entered into a lease agreement in 2005. We reconsidered and decided not to move our headquarters. The lease obligates us to lease 55,047 square feet of office space through June 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2013, we have executed subleases for 41,701 square feet of the leased space and are currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. We estimate that the present value of the estimated future sublease receipts, net of transaction costs, will be less than our remaining minimum lease payment obligations under our lease and have recorded a liability for the expected shortfall. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, a subtenant defaulted on its sublease payments. As a result we revised our estimate of sublease receipts and recorded a $1.1 million charge to selling, general and administrative expenses to increase our liability.

To estimate future sublease receipts for the periods beyond the term of the existing subleases, we have assumed that the existing subleases will be renewed or new subleases will be executed at rates consistent with rental rates in the current subleases or estimated market rates. However, management cannot be certain that the timing of future subleases or the rental rates contained in future subleases will not differ from current estimates. Factors such as the availability of commercial office space, poor economic conditions and subtenant preferences will influence the terms achieved in future subleases. The inability to sublet the office space in the future or unfavorable changes to key management assumptions used in the estimate of the future sublease receipts may result in material charges to selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. In accordance with ASC 740, we assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2012, we had a full valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. Our assessment gave significant weight to the negative evidence of our cumulative loss history in the three years ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, we determined that we more likely than not will realize most of our deferred tax assets and, as a result, reversed a significant portion of our valuation allowance. The analysis performed to assess the need for a valuation allowance included an evaluation of the four possible sources of taxable income as identified in ASC 740, including the consideration of the positive evidence of our cumulative income history in the three years ended December 31, 2013.

24

Based on this analysis, as well as due to the realization of certain deferred tax assets during 2013, we recorded a $19.9 million reduction of our valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2013, $10.9 million of which was a direct result of our decision to exit a full valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining valuation allowance is $4.2 million, primarily related to certain state tax credits we estimate will expire before they are realized. We will analyze our position in subsequent reporting periods, considering all available positive and negative evidence, in determining the expected realization of our deferred tax assets.

Stock-Based Compensation. Under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Stock Compensation,” we calculate the grant date fair value of share-based awards using the Black-Scholes valuation model for grants subsequent to the adoption of ASC 718. Determining the fair value of share-based awards is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including the term of the share-based awards, risk-free interest rates over the vesting period, expected dividend rates, the price volatility of our shares and forfeiture rates of the awards. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but that are inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

Results of Operations

The following table shows, for the last three years, selected statement of comprehensive income data as a percentage of net sales:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net sales		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of sales		71.2			72.5			76.5
Gross profit		28.8			27.5			23.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses		21.6			23.4			22.7
Income from operations		7.2			4.1			0.8
Interest expense, net		0.2			2.9			6.1
Income (loss) before income taxes		7.0			1.2			(5.3	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(3.1	)		0.3			(1.0	)
Net income (loss)		10.1	%		0.9	%		(4.3	%)

2013 Compared to 2012

Net Sales. Net sales in 2013 increased 11.4% to $342.5 million from $307.4 million in 2012. The increase in net sales was due primarily to an 8% increase in sales volume and a 3% increase in the average price per unit in 2013 compared to 2012. We attribute the increase in sales volumes in 2013 compared to 2012 to the execution of growth strategies including increased market share from additions to our distribution network, the introduction of new product lines and a revised pricing strategy. The increase in average price per unit in 2013 was primarily driven by sales mix including an increased attachment rate on railing products.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 16.6% to $98.6 million in 2013 from $84.6 million in 2012. Gross profit in 2013 and 2012 was adversely affected by $21.5 million and $21.5 million of non-operating charges, respectively. We recognized $20.0 million and $21.5 million of charges to increase the previously established warranty reserve in 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, in 2013, we recognized a $1.5 million charge related to market share expansion and a reset of prices for certain products as we transition our remaining products to the next generation product offering. Excluding the aforementioned charges in both 2013 and 2012, gross profit increased to $120.1 million in 2013 compared to $106.1 in 2012. Excluding the aforementioned charges in both 2013 and 2012, gross profit as a percentage of net sales, gross margin, increased by 40 basis

25

points to 34.9% from 34.5% in 2012. The 2012 gross margin reflected $4.5 million of LIFO inventory liquidation income. The 2013 underlying gross margin at 34.9% was 185 basis points higher than 2012 excluding the LIFO inventory liquidation income. Key drivers to the favorable underlying gross margin for 2013 include lower sales related items, increased capacity utilization rates and continued manufacturing efficiencies.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.1 million, or 2.9%, to $74.0 million in 2013 from $71.9 million in 2012. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2013 compared to 2012 was attributable to various factors including a $1.2 million decrease in the benefits recognized from reductions in the provision for future contingent payments associated with the 2011 Iron Deck acquisition and a $0.9 million increase in legal and claims servicing costs primarily resulting from the mold growth class action lawsuit that was settled in December 2013 and related public and homeowner communications. As a percentage of net sales, total selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 21.6% in 2013 from 23.4% in 2012.

Interest Expense. Net interest expense decreased 93.3% to $0.6 million in 2013 compared to $8.9 million in 2012. The decrease resulted from carrying lower debt levels at lower interest rates during 2013 compared to 2012. This was primarily driven by the repayment of the $91.9 million principal balance on the 6.0% convertible notes on July 2, 2012. As a percentage of net sales, interest expense decreased to 0.2% in 2013 from 2.9% in 2012.

Provision for Income Taxes. We recorded a benefit for income taxes of $10.5 million in 2013 compared to an expense of $1.0 million in 2012. The related effective tax rates were (43.9%) in 2013 and 27.1% in 2012. During 2013, our income tax benefit consisted of a reduction of a substantial portion of our valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset as well as statutory federal and state taxes, permanent book to tax differences, Federal tax credits, and other miscellaneous tax items. During 2012, our income tax expense consisted of cash taxes to various states where no net operating loss carry-forward existed to offset current year taxable income, unfavorable effect of permanent differences related to employee stock awards and increases in indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities, primarily related to goodwill amortized for income taxes.

Our effective tax rate for both years is substantially different than the statutory rate due to the effect of the valuation allowance we maintained against our net deferred tax assets. During the three months ended December 31, 2013, we determined it to be more likely than not that we will realize most of our deferred tax assets. During 2013, we recorded a $19.9 million income tax benefit resulting from a significant reversal of our valuation allowance, $10.9 million of which was a direct result of our decision to exit a full valuation allowance.

2012 Compared to 2011

Net Sales. Net sales in 2012 increased 15.2% to $307.4 million from $266.8 million in 2011. The increase in net sales was due primarily to a 15% increase in sales volume in 2012 compared to 2011. We attribute the increase in sales volumes in 2012 compared to 2011 to various factors, including:

• Sales volumes in 2011 were depressed as a result of customers purchasing product in late 2010 to avoid an announced 2011 Transcend price increase;

• Favorable weather conditions throughout 2012 compared to 2011 allowed for a more favorable deck-building season, and;

• Execution of growth strategies including introduction of new product lines and increased market share.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to $84.6 million in 2012 from $62.8 million in 2011. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 27.5% in 2012 from 23.5% in 2011. Gross profit in 2012 was adversely affected by a $21.5 million increase to the warranty reserve. Gross profit in 2011 was adversely affected by a $10.0 million increase to the warranty reserve. Excluding the aforementioned charges, gross profit in 2012 was $106.1 million, a $33.3 million increase compared to 2011. Underlying gross margin in 2012 was 34.6%, a 7.3%

26

increase compared to 2011. Our gross margin improvement was due to improved manufacturing efficiencies, a favorable product mix as we transition decking sales to our shelled products and a favorable inventory valuation adjustment related to our significant reduction in inventory. This was offset by start-up costs related to the introduction of our high performance shelled products.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $11.3 million, or 18.6%, to $71.9 million in 2012 from $60.6 million in 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2012 was primarily related to a $9.6 million increase in personnel related expenses due to increased incentive compensation, sales commissions and severance costs. In 2012, we recorded a $1.9 million loss on the disposal of equipment made obsolete by improvements in manufacturing technologies and a $1.5 million expense for costs associated with the mold and mildew class action lawsuit. These increases were partially offset by a $1.4 million benefit in 2012 due to a reduction in the provision for future contingent payments resulting from decreased near-term sales projections of steel deck framing systems. As a percentage of net sales, total selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 23.4% in 2012 from 22.7% in 2011.

Interest Expense. Net interest expense decreased 45.3% to $8.9 million in 2012 compared to $16.4 million in 2011. The decrease was the result of a significant decrease in debt during 2012, primarily due to the repayment of the $91.9 million principal balance on the convertible notes on July 2, 2012. As a percentage of net sales, interest expense decreased to 2.9% in 2012 from 6.1% in 2011.

Provision for Income Taxes. We recorded an expense for income taxes of $1.0 million in 2012 compared to a benefit of $2.6 million in 2011. The related effective tax rates were 27.1% in 2012 and 18.4% in 2011. The effective tax rate for both years is substantially different than the statutory rate because of our full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets. As a result, our provision for income taxes and corresponding effective tax rate, are primarily a function of cash taxes paid to various jurisdictions, changes in indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities and changes to liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions. The benefit recognized in 2011 was primarily related to the effects of favorably settled uncertain federal tax positions previously reserved under the provisions of ASC 740. The income tax expense recognized in 2012 was primarily related to cash taxes to various states where no net operating loss carry-forward is available to offset current year taxable income, unfavorable effect of permanent differences related to employee stock awards and increases in indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities, primarily related to goodwill amortized for income taxes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We finance operations and growth primarily with cash flow from operations, borrowings under the credit facility and other loans, operating leases and normal trade credit terms from operating activities.

Sources and Uses of Cash. Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $45.2 million in 2013 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $60.4 million in 2012. The $15.2 million year-over-year reduction in cash provided by operating activities was primarily driven by increased inventory and accounts receivable balances, partially offset by an increase in net sales and earnings during 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in inventory balances at December 31, 2013 was to support conversion to our next generation product offerings and additions to our distribution network.

Accounts receivable balances increased to $37.3 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $26.5 million at December 31, 2012 due to increased sales in late 2013 primarily driven by additions to our distribution network, an increase in demand for our products and a revised pricing strategy. Substantially all of the accounts receivable balances at December 31, 2013 were subject to the terms of our early buy program. We expect to collect all outstanding accounts receivable balances by May 2014.

27

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $12.7 million in 2013 compared to cash used in investing activities of $7.5 million in 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in capital expenditures in 2013 compared to 2012 due to a focus on new product launches and manufacturing efficiencies. Capital expenditures in 2013 consisted primarily of manufacturing equipment for process and productivity improvements, including retrofitting lines to produce new products. In 2012, net cash used in investing activities totaled $7.5 million compared to $9.4 million in 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities was $30.9 million in 2013 compared to cash used in financing activities of $55.3 million in 2012. The $24.4 million improvement in 2013 was due to the fact that, in 2012, we used cash on hand and $37.0 million of restricted cash to fully repay the $91.9 million principal balance on our convertibles notes. In 2013, we used cash on hand to repurchase $25.0 million of our common stock. Net cash used in financing activities was $55.3 million in 2012 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $47.2 million in 2011.

On February 19, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized an additional common stock repurchase program of up to $50 million of our outstanding common stock. This authorization has no expiration date.

Inventory in Distribution Channels. We sell our products through a tiered distribution system. We have approximately 20 distributors and two mass merchandisers to which we sell our products. These distributors in turn sell the products to approximately 3,100 dealers who in turn sell the products to the end users. Consistent with industry practices, to ensure adequate availability of product to meet anticipated seasonal consumer demand and to enable production planning, we have historically provided our distributors and dealers incentives to build inventory levels before the start of the prime deck-building season. These incentives include prompt payment discounts and favorable payment terms. In addition, from time to time, we may offer price discounts or volume rebates on specified products and other incentives based on increases in purchases as part of specific promotional programs. There are no product return rights granted to our distributors except those granted pursuant to the warranty provisions of our agreements with distributors. While we do not typically receive any information regarding inventory in the distribution channel from any dealers, we receive limited information from some but not all of our distributors regarding their inventory. Because few distributors provide us with any information regarding their inventory, we cannot definitively determine the level of inventory in the distribution channel at any time. Our sales in the fourth quarter of 2013 were higher than our sales in the fourth quarter of 2012. We believe that distributor inventory levels at December 31, 2013 are comparable to distributor inventory levels at December 31, 2012. Significant changes in inventory levels in the distribution channel without a corresponding change in end-user demand could have an adverse effect on future sales.

We seek to maintain favorable relationships with our distributors. However, on occasion, we may need to replace a distributor. Historically, we have had little difficulty replacing a distributor and have experienced little or no disruption to operations or liquidity. We believe that in the event we needed to replace a distributor, it would not have an adverse effect on our profitability or liquidity.

Product Warranty. We continue to receive and settle claims related to material produced at our Nevada facility prior to 2007 that exhibits surface flaking and regularly monitor the adequacy of the warranty reserve. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid approximately $8.2 million to settle claims against the warranty reserve, which had a material adverse effect on cash flow from operations, and increased the warranty reserve an additional $20.0 million. We estimate that the number of claims received will decline over time. If the level of new claims received does not diminish consistent with our expectations, it could result in additional increases to the warranty reserve and reduced earnings and cash flow in future periods.

Indebtedness. On January 6, 2012, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with BB&T, as a lender, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer and a Collateral Agent; Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (“Wells Fargo”) as a lender and a Collateral Agent; and BB&T Capital Markets (“BB&T Capital”), as Lead Arranger to amend the Credit

28

Agreement. BB&T and Wells Fargo are referenced herein as the “Lenders.” These new agreements replace our previous revolver note, the swing advance note and the letter of credit facility, in their entireties and account for all of our debt capacity. No additional fees were due or owing as a result of the termination of the previous agreements.

Under the Amended Credit Agreement, the Lenders agreed to provide us with one or more revolving loans in a collective maximum principal amount of $100 million (the “Revolver Loans”).

Included within the Revolver Loan limit are sublimits for a Letter of Credit Facility in an amount not to exceed $15 million (the “Letter of Credit Facility”); and Swing Advances in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5 million (the “Swing Advance Loan”). The Revolver Loans, the Letter of Credit Facility and the Swing Advance Loan are collectively referred to herein as the “Loans.” The Loans were obtained for the purpose of raising working capital and refinancing our existing indebtedness.

The Revolver Loans, the Swing Advances and the Letter of Credit Facility provide us, in the aggregate, the ability to borrow a principal amount not to exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding (the “Revolving Loan Limit”) (subject to certain Borrowing Base requirements as described in the Amended Credit Agreement which include limits on Eligible Accounts and Inventory as described in the Amended Credit Agreement and any written agreement which may be executed from time to time by us and each of the Collateral Agents). We are not obligated to borrow any amount under the Revolving Loan Limit. Within the Revolving Loan Limit, we may borrow or repay at any time or from time to time while the Revolving Loans are in effect.

Base Rate Advances (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) under the Revolver Loans and the Swing Advances accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and Euro-Dollar Advances for the Revolver Loans and Swing Advances accrue interest at the Adjusted London InterBank Offered Rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). Repayment of all then outstanding principal, interest, fees and costs is due on January 9, 2015.

The Letter of Credit Facility provides that upon our application, BB&T shall issue to our credit one or more letters of credit in the aggregate amount of up to $15 million, or such lesser amount as may be required by law. We shall reimburse BB&T for all amounts payable, including interest, under a Letter of Credit at the earlier of (i) the date set forth in the application or (ii) on business day after the payment under such Letter of Credit by BB&T.

On February 26, 2013, we entered into a First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement was amended to temporarily increase the maximum amount of the Revolver Loans from $100 million to $125 million during the period from February 26, 2013 through and including June 30, 2013 to meet seasonal cash requirements and reduce certain interest rate margins and costs. In conjunction with the First Amendment, the Revolver Notes executed by us to each of BB&T and Wells Fargo dated as of January 6, 2012 were amended and restated. The maximum amount of the Revolver Loans reverted to $100 million on July 1, 2013.

On December 17, 2013, we entered into a Second Amendment (“Second Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment dated February 26, 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Credit Agreement was amended to temporarily increase the maximum amount of the Revolver Loans from $100 million to $125 million during the period from January 1, 2014 through and including June 30, 2014 to meet seasonal cash requirements. No other material changes were made to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Amounts drawn under the Revolver Loans are subject to a borrowing base consisting of certain accounts receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment and real estate. At December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver Loans and additional available borrowing capacity of approximately $71.9 million.

29

Compliance with Debt Covenants and Restrictions. Our ability to make scheduled principal and interest payments, borrow and repay amounts under any outstanding revolving credit facility and continue to comply with any loan covenants depends primarily on our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations. To remain in compliance with financial covenants in the Credit Agreement, we are required to maintain specified financial ratios based on levels of debt, capital, net worth, fixed charges, and earnings (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary non-cash losses) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, all of which are subject to the risks of the business, some of which are discussed in this report under “Risk Factors.” We were in compliance with all covenants contained in our Loans at December 31, 2013. Under the Credit Agreement, the material financial covenants and restrictions are as follows:

(a) Minimum Consolidated Net Worth. We agreed that we will maintain Consolidated Net Worth, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011, of not less than $85 million.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. We agreed that we will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.15 to 1.0, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011.

(c) Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio. We agreed that we will not permit the Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.0 measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter (and in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four-quarter period ending on such date) after the date on which the Senior Subordinated Notes have been redeemed in full.

Failure to comply with the financial covenants in our Credit Agreement could be considered a default of our repayment obligations and, among other remedies, could accelerate payment of any amounts outstanding under our Credit Agreement.

At December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding indebtedness, and the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 1.9%.

Contractual Obligations. The following tables show, as of December 31, 2013, our contractual obligations and commercial commitments, which consist primarily of purchase commitments and operating leases (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations

Payments Due by Period

	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		4-5 years		After 5 years
Purchase commitments (1)		35,581		23,608		11,924		49		—
Operating leases		44,272		6,803		11,651		10,620		15,198
Total contractual cash obligations	$	79,853	$	30,411	$	23,575	$	10,669	$	15,198

(1) Purchase commitments represent supply contracts with third-party manufacturers and raw material vendors.

We do not have off-balance sheet financing arrangements other than operating leases.

Capital and Other Cash Requirements. We made capital expenditures of $13.1 million in 2013, $7.6 million in 2012 and $7.4 million in 2011, primarily related to new products and to make process and productivity improvements. We currently estimate that capital expenditures in 2014 will be approximately $15 million. Capital expenditures in 2014 are expected to be used primarily to support cost reduction initiatives, new product launches in current and adjacent categories and general business support.

30

We believe that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowings expected to be available under our revolving credit facility will provide sufficient funds to enable us to fund planned capital expenditures, make scheduled principal and interest payments, fund the warranty reserve, meet other cash requirements and maintain compliance with terms of our debt agreements for at least the next 12 months. We currently expect to fund future capital expenditures from operations and borrowings under the revolving credit facility. The actual amount and timing of future capital requirements may differ materially from our estimate depending on the demand for Trex and new market developments and opportunities. Our ability to meet our cash needs during the next 12 months and thereafter could be adversely affected by various circumstances, including increases in raw materials and product replacement costs, quality control problems, higher than expected product warranty claims, service disruptions and lower than expected collections of accounts receivable. In addition, any failure to negotiate amendments to our existing debt agreements to resolve any future noncompliance with financial covenants could adversely affect our liquidity by reducing access to revolving credit borrowings needed primarily to fund seasonal borrowing needs. We may determine that it is necessary or desirable to obtain financing through bank borrowings or the issuance of debt or equity securities to address such contingencies or changes to our business plan. Debt financing would increase our level of indebtedness, while equity financing would dilute the ownership of our stockholders. There can be no assurance as to whether, or as to the terms on which, we would be able to obtain such financing, which would be restricted by covenants contained in our existing debt agreements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to market risks from changing interest rates associated with our borrowings. To meet our seasonal working capital needs, we borrow periodically on our variable rate revolving line of credit. At December 31, 2013, we had no debt outstanding under our revolving line of credit. While variable rate debt obligations expose us to the risk of rising interest rates, an increase of 1% in interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our overall financial position, results of operations or liquidity based on balances outstanding at December 31, 2013.

In certain instances we may use interest rate swap agreements to modify fixed rate obligations to variable rate obligations, thereby adjusting the interest rates to current market rates and ensuring that the debt instruments are always reflected at fair value. We had no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements listed in Item 15 and appearing on pages F-2 through F-27 are incorporated by reference in this Item 8 and are filed as part of this report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, who is our principal executive officer, and our Chief Financial Officer, who is our principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2013. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013.

31

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We, as members of management of Trex Company, Inc. (the “Company”), are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Framework”). Based on this assessment, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting was effective, based on the COSO Framework.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which follows hereafter.

	TREX COMPANY, INC.
February 24, 2014	By:	/s/    RONALD W. KAPLAN
		Ronald W. Kaplan
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)
February 24, 2014	By:	/s/    JAMES E. CLINE
		James E. Cline
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation described above in “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting’ that occurred during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

32

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,

on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Trex Company, Inc.

We have audited Trex Company, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Trex Company, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Trex Company, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Trex Company, Inc., as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of Trex Company, Inc. and our report dated February 24, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Richmond, Virginia

February 24, 2014

33

Item 9B. Other Information

Appointment of Gerald Volas as a Director of the Company

On February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company increased the size of the Board from seven members to eight members, and appointed Gerald Volas as a director to fill the resulting vacancy, both to be effective on March 1, 2014. Mr. Volas was appointed to the class of directors whose term of office expires at the annual meeting of stockholders scheduled for April 30, 2014, and Mr. Volas will be included among the nominees being submitted for election at such annual meeting. Mr. Volas will receive compensation for service on the Board of Directors and any committees pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (the “Incentive Plan for Outside Directors”). The Incentive Plan for Outside Directors was amended and restated as of July 24, 2012, and filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012.

Mr. Volas has been employed by Masco Corporation, one of the world’s leading manufacturers of brand-name products for the home improvement and new home construction industries, in various positions of increasing responsibility since 1982. Since February 2005, he has served as a Group Executive responsible for almost all of Masco’s operating companies at one time or another. He currently is responsible for a number of Masco operating companies accounting for approximately 50% of Masco’s revenues in 2012. From April 2001 to February 2005, he served as President of Liberty Hardware, a Masco operating company, from January 1996 to April 2001, he served as a Group Controller supporting a variety of Masco operating companies, and from May 1982 to January 1996, he served in progressive financial roles including Vice President/Controller at BrassCraft Manufacturing Company, a Masco operating company. Mr. Volas is a Certified Public Accountant. He received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Michigan.

Stock Split

On February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a two -for-one stock split of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01. The stock split will be in the form of a stock dividend to be distributed on May 7, 2014 to stockholders of record at the close of business on April 7, 2014. The financial statements presented in this Form 10-K appropriately do not reflect the effects of the stock split.

34

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

See “Executive Officers and Directors” in Part I, Item 1 of this report for the information about our executive officers, which is incorporated by response in this Item 10. Other information responsive to this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which we will file with the SEC on or before 120 days after our 2013 fiscal year-end.

We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The code is available on our corporate web site and in print to any stockholder who requests a copy. We also make available on our web site, at www.trex.com, and in print to any stockholder who requests them, copies of our corporate governance principles and the charters of each standing committee of our board of directors. Requests for copies of these documents should be directed to Corporate Secretary, Trex Company, Inc., 160 Exeter Drive, Winchester, Virginia 22603-8605. To the extent required by SEC rules, we intend to disclose any amendments to our code of conduct and ethics, and any waiver of a provision of the code with respect to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our web site referred to above within four business days following any such amendment or waiver, or within any other period that may be required under SEC rules from time to time.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information responsive to this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which we will file with the SEC on or before 120 days after our 2013 fiscal year-end.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information responsive to this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which we will file with the SEC on or before 120 days after our 2013 fiscal year-end.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information responsive to this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which we will file with the SEC on or before 120 days after our 2013 fiscal year-end.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information responsive to this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which we will file with the SEC on or before 120 days after our 2013 fiscal year-end.

35

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements of the Company appear on pages F-2 through F-27 of this report and are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2013	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended December  31, 2013	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2013	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7

(a)(2) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this report:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves F-28

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable or not material and, therefore, have been omitted.

(a)(3) The following exhibits are either filed with this Form 10-K or are incorporated herein by reference. The Company’s Securities Exchange Act file number is 001-14649.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trex Company, Inc. (the “Company”). Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63287) and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.1	Specimen certificate representing the Company’s common stock. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63287) and incorporated herein by reference.
4.2	Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2007, between Trex Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.3	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2007, between Trex Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee, including the form of 6.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2012. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4	Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2009 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer, BB&T Capital Markets as Lead Arranger and the Lenders listed on the signature pages thereof. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.5	Swing Advance Note dated November 4, 2009 payable by the Company Inc. to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $5,000,000 or the outstanding swing advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

36

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
4.6	First Amendment, dated October 28, 2011, of Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2009 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Administrative Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer and Lender, and BB&T Capital Markets Letter as Lead Arranger. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.7	Revolver Note dated October 28, 2011 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $40,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.8	Reducing Revolver Note dated October 28, 2011 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $15,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.9	Amended and Restated Security Agreement between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, dated as of November 4, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.10	Amended and Restated Credit Line Deed of Trust, dated November 4, 2009, by and among the Company, as grantor, BB&T-VA Collateral Service Corporation, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, as Beneficiary relating to real property partially located in the County of Frederick, Virginia and partially located in the City of Winchester, Virginia. Filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.11	Deed of Trust, dated November 4, 2009, by and among the Company, as grantor, Eric L. Sappenfield, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, as Beneficiary relating to real property located in the County of De Soto, Mississippi. Filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.12	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as a Lender, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer and a Collateral Agent; Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as a Lender and a Collateral Agent; and BB&T Capital Markets, as Lead Arranger. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.13	Revolver Note dated January 6, 2012 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $55,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.14	Revolver Note dated January 6, 2012 payable by the Company to Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC in the amount of the lesser of $45,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

37

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
4.15	Swing Advance Note dated January 6, 2012 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $5,000,000 or the outstanding swing advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.16	Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012 between the Company, as debtor, and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Collateral Agent for Branch Banking and Trust Company and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.17	Modification to Amended and Restated Credit Line Deed of Trust, dated as of January 6, 2012, by and among the Company as grantor, BB&T-VA Collateral Service Corporation, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for Branch Banking and Trust Company and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Beneficiary relating to real property partially located in the County of Frederick, Virginia and partially located in the City of Winchester, Virginia. Filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.18	Deed of Trust, dated as of January 6, 2012, by and among the Company as grantor, First American Title Insurance Company, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for Branch Banking and Trust Company and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Beneficiary relating to real property located in the County of Fernley, Nevada. Filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.19	First Amendment dated February 26, 2013 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as a Lender and Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC as a Lender. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.20	Revolver Note dated February 26, 2013 payable by Trex Company, Inc. to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $67,500,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.21	Revolver Note dated February 26, 2013 payable to Trex Company, Inc. to Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC in the amount of the lesser of $57,500,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.22	Second Amendment dated December 17, 2013 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 26, 2013, between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as a Lender and Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC as a Lender. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.1	Description of Management Compensatory Plans and Arrangements. Filed herewith. **
10.2	Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.3	Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **

38

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
10.4	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.5	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.6	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.7	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed herewith. **
10.8	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed herewith. **
10.9	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.10	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.11	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.12	Amendment and Restatement of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and Ronald W. Kaplan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.13	Amendment and Restatement of Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2011, between Trex Company, Inc. and Ronald W. Kaplan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.14	Form of Amendment and Restatement of Change in Control Severance Agreement between Trex Company, Inc. and Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.15	Form of Severance Agreement between Trex Company, Inc. and Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.16	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and Ronald W. Kaplan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.17	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and James E. Cline. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **

39

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
10.18	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and William R. Gupp. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.*, **
10.19	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and F. Timothy Reese. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.20	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.21	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Officers. Filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.22	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Director/Officers. Filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.23	Form of Distributor Agreement of TREX Company, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.24	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Fencing Agreement for Installers/Retailers. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.25	Deed of Lease, dated June 15, 2000, between TREX Company, LLC and Space, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.26	Amendment, dated February 22, 2010, of Deed of Lease dated as of June 15, 2000, between Trex Company, Inc, as successor by merger to Trex Company, LLC, and TC.V.LLC, as successor to Space, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.27	Deed of Lease, dated as of July 27, 2005, between the Company and 1 Dulles Town Center, L.L.C. Filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.*
21	Subsidiaries of the Company. Filed herewith.
23	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Filed herewith.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Filed herewith.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Filed herewith.
32	Certifications pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350. Filed herewith.
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document. Filed herewith.
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. Filed herewith.

40

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.

* Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

** Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.

41

TREX COMPANY, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2013		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended December  31, 2013		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2013		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule of the Registrant is filed as part of this Report as required to be included in Item 15(a)(2):

	Page
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves		F-28

F-1

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Trex Company, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trex Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Trex Company, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Trex Company, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated February 24, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Richmond, Virginia

February 24, 2014

F-2

TREX COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2013			2012
	(In thousands)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,772		$	2,159
Accounts receivable, net		37,338			26,542
Inventories		22,428			17,521
Prepaid expenses and other assets		2,761			2,188
Income taxes receivable		384			435
Deferred income taxes		9,497			3,792
Total current assets		76,180			52,637
Property, plant and equipment, net		100,783			104,425
Goodwill and other intangibles		10,542			10,550
Other assets		652			1,003
Total Assets	$	188,157		$	168,615
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	14,891		$	11,161
Accrued expenses		23,295			18,818
Accrued warranty		9,000			7,500
Line of credit		—			5,000
Total current liabilities		47,186			42,479
Deferred income taxes		360			7,353
Non-current accrued warranty		31,812			21,487
Other long-term liabilities		2,183			3,310
Total Liabilities		81,541			74,629
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 17,299,062 and 17,010,493 shares issued and 16,737,807 and 17,010,493 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively		173			170
Additional paid-in capital		101,667			98,638
Retained earnings (deficit)		29,776			(4,822	)
Treasury stock, at cost, 561,255 shares		(25,000	)		—
Total Stockholders’ Equity		106,616			93,986
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	188,157		$	168,615

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-3

TREX COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
	(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Net sales	$	342,511		$	307,354	$	266,789
Cost of sales		243,893			222,772		203,998
Gross profit		98,618			84,582		62,791
Selling, general and administrative expenses		73,967			71,907		60,620
Income from operations		24,651			12,675		2,171
Interest expense, net		602			8,946		16,364
Income (loss) before income taxes		24,049			3,729		(14,193	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(10,549	)		1,009		(2,605	)
Net income (loss)	$	34,598		$	2,720	$	(11,588	)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share	$	2.06		$	0.17	$	(0.75	)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		16,794,841			16,123,592		15,388,456
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$	2.02		$	0.16	$	(0.75	)
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		17,136,751			17,064,856		15,388,456
Other comprehensive income:
Net derivative losses on interest rate swaps, before tax		—			—		312
Income tax expense related to net derivative losses on interest rate swaps		—			—		128
Other comprehensive income, net of tax		—			—		184
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	34,598		$	2,720	$	(11,404	)

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4

TREX COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

	Common Stock					Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Treasury Stock					Total
	Shares			Amount											Shares		Amount
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2010		15,458,002		$	155	$	98,905		$	(184	)	$	4,046			—	$	—		$	102,922
Net loss		—			—		—			—			(11,588	)		—		—			(11,588	)
Net derivatives losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax		—			—		—			184			—			—		—			184
Employee stock purchase and option plans		139,228			1		1,426			—			—			—		—			1,427
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards		(62,543	)		—		(3,092	)		—			—			—		—			(3,092	)
Stock-based compensation		67,445			—		3,146			—			—			—		—			3,146
Repurchases of convertible notes		—			—		(500	)		—			—			—		—			(500	)
Balance, December 31, 2011		15,602,132			156		99,885			—			(7,542	)		—		—			92,499
Net income		—			—		—			—			2,720			—		—			2,720
Employee stock purchase and option plans		234,552			2		820			—			—			—		—			822
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards		(37,151	)		1		(5,525	)		—			—			—		—			(5,524	)
Stock-based compensation		149,215			—		3,469			—			—			—		—			3,469
Common stock issued upon conversion of notes		1,061,745			11		(11	)		—			—			—		—			—
Balance, December 31, 2012		17,010,493			170		98,638			—			(4,822	)		—		—			93,986
Net income		—			—		—			—			34,598			—		—			34,598
Employee stock purchase and option plans		271,335			3		4,029			—			—			—		—			4,032
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards		(29,365	)		—		(6,277	)		—			—			—		—			(6,277	)
Stock-based compensation		46,599			—		3,811			—			—			—		—			3,811
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation		—			—		1,466			—			—			—		—			1,466
Shares repurchased under our publicly announced share repurchase programs		(561,255	)		—		—			—			—			561,255		(25,000	)		(25,000	)
Balance, December 31, 2013		16,737,807		$	173	$	101,667		$	—		$	29,776			561,255	$	(25,000	)	$	106,616

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5

TREX COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(In thousands)
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	34,598		$	2,720		$	(11,588	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		16,255			17,009			18,170
Debt discount amortization		—			5,450			10,538
Deferred income taxes		(12,698	)		618			165
Stock-based compensation		3,811			3,469			3,146
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment		587			1,909			711
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation		(1,466	)		—			—
Other non-cash adjustments		(337	)		(314	)		621
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(10,844	)		2,660			23,931
Inventories		(4,907	)		11,376			125
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(213	)		(405	)		(19	)
Accounts payable		3,731			(731	)		(3,215	)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		15,173			16,784			(8,385	)
Income taxes receivable/payable		1,518			(102	)		(353	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		45,208			60,443			33,847
Investing Activities
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment		(13,060	)		(7,593	)		(7,419	)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment		176			3			28
Purchase of acquired company, net of cash acquired		—			(11	)		(2,075	)
Notes receivable, net		187			117			99
Net cash used in investing activities		(12,697	)		(7,484	)		(9,367	)
Financing Activities
Financing costs		(119	)		(750	)		(135	)
Restricted cash		—			37,000			(37,000	)
Borrowings under line of credit		74,500			93,700			—
Principal payments under line of credit		(79,500	)		(88,700	)		—
Principal payments under mortgages and notes		—			(91,875	)		(2,542	)
Repurchases of convertible notes		—			—			(5,882	)
Repurchases of common stock		(31,277	)		(5,522	)		(3,092	)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase and option plans		4,032			821			1,427
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation		1,466			—			—
Net cash used in financing activities		(30,898	)		(55,326	)		(47,224	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		1,613			(2,367	)		(22,744	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		2,159			4,526			27,270
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	3,772		$	2,159		$	4,526
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest	$	348		$	5,792		$	6,349
Cash paid for income taxes, net	$	672		$	590		$	658

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6

TREX COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

Trex Company, Inc. (together with its subsidiary, the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on September 4, 1998. The Company manufactures and distributes wood/plastic composite products, as well as related accessories, primarily for residential and commercial decking and railing applications. The majority of its products are manufactured in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene (“PE material”). The Company operates in one business segment.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Trex Wood-Polymer Espana, S.L. (“TWPE”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

TWPE was formed to hold the Company’s 35% equity interest in Denplax, S.A. (“Denplax”), a joint venture with a Spanish Company responsible for public environmental programs in southern Spain and with an Italian equipment manufacturer. The joint venture was formed to recycle polyethylene at a facility in El Ejido, Spain. The Company’s investment in Denplax is accounted for using the equity method. During 2010, the Company determined that its investment in Denplax and a related note receivable were no longer recoverable and recorded a $2.4 million charge to earnings to fully reserve the equity investment and note. Both the equity investment and note remain fully reserved as of December 31, 2013.

Iron Deck Acquisition

On May 2, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Iron Deck Corporation, a manufacturer of steel deck framing systems located in Denver, Colorado, for approximately $2 million in cash plus the assumption of certain liabilities. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded an increase of $3.7 million to Goodwill. No other material tangible or intangible assets were identified. The provisions of the purchase agreement allow for future payments contingent upon certain future sales targets. The contingent payments were estimated as purchase consideration at the acquisition date and may be revised if actual sales differ from projected sales. As a result of decreased near-term sales projections of steel deck framing systems, the Company reduced its provision for future contingent payments and recorded a $0.2 million and $1.4 million benefit to selling, general and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less.

F-7

Concentrations and Credit Risk

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company from time to time may have bank deposits in excess of insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As of December 31, 2013, substantially all deposits are maintained in one financial institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash and cash equivalents.

The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and believes that its trade receivables credit risk exposure is limited. Trade receivables are carried at the original invoice amount less an estimate made for payment discounts and doubtful accounts. A valuation allowance is provided for known and anticipated credit losses and disputed amounts, as determined by management in the course of regularly evaluating individual customer receivables. This evaluation takes into consideration a customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions.

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, sales to certain customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer of the Company represented approximately 28% of the Company’s net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2012, two customers of the Company represented approximately 26% and 10% of the Company’s net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer of the Company represented approximately 24% of the Company’s net sales. As of December 31, 2013, three customers represented 29%, 15%, and 12%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable balance.

Approximately 44%, 40%, and 33% of the Company’s raw materials purchases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were purchased from its four largest suppliers.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (last-in, first-out, or “LIFO” method) or market value. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow moving or obsolete items and writes down the related products to estimated realizable value. The Company has not established significant reserves for estimated slow moving products or obsolescence. At December 31, 2013, the excess of the replacement cost of inventory over the LIFO value of inventory was approximately $24.5 million. Due to the nature of the LIFO valuation methodology, liquidations of inventories will result in a portion of the Company’s cost of sales being based on historical rather than current year costs.

The majority of the Company’s products are made in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene. The Company grinds up scrap materials generated from its manufacturing process and inventories deemed no longer salable and reintroduces the “reclaimed” material into the manufacturing process as a substitute for raw materials. The reclaimed material is valued at the costs of the raw material components of the material.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Machinery and equipment	5-11 years
Furniture and equipment	10 years
Forklifts and tractors	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3-5 years

F-8

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. To determine the recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future estimated undiscounted net cash flows will be less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets. If the estimated cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to their fair value. The Company’s estimates of anticipated cash flows and the remaining estimated useful lives of long-lived assets could be reduced in the future. As a result, the carrying amount of long-lived assets could be reduced in the future.

Contract Termination Costs

In anticipation of relocating its corporate headquarters, the Company entered into a lease agreement in 2005. The Company reconsidered and decided not to move its headquarters. The lease obligates the Company to lease 55,047 square feet of office space through June 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has executed subleases for 41,701 square feet of the leased space and is currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. The Company estimates that the present value of the estimated future sublease receipts, net of transaction costs, will be less than the Company’s remaining minimum lease payment obligations under its lease and has recorded a liability for the expected shortfall. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, a subtenant defaulted on its sublease payments. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of sublease receipts and recorded a $1.1 million charge to selling, general and administrative expenses to increase its liability.

To estimate future sublease receipts for the periods beyond the term of the existing subleases, we have assumed that the existing subleases will be renewed or new subleases will be executed at rates consistent with rental rates in the current subleases or estimated market rates. However, management cannot be certain that the timing of future subleases or the rental rates contained in future subleases will not differ from current estimates. Factors such as the availability of commercial office space, poor economic conditions and subtenant preferences will influence the terms achieved in future subleases. The inability to sublet the office space in the future or unfavorable changes to key management assumptions used in the estimate of the future sublease receipts may result in material charges to selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over net assets acquired resulting from the Company’s 1996 purchase of the Mobil Composite Products Division and the 2011 purchase of the assets of the Iron Deck Corporation. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change in the interim that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying amount. Goodwill is considered to be impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the Company first compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and step two of the impairment analysis is performed. In step two of the analysis, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value should such a circumstance arise.

The Company measures fair value of the reporting unit based on a present value of future discounted cash flows and a market valuation approach. The discounted cash flows model indicates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of the cash flows that the reporting unit is expected to generate in the future. Significant estimates in the discounted cash flows model include: the weighted average cost of capital; long-term

F-9

rate of growth and profitability of the business; and working capital effects. The market valuation approach indicates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the Company against certain market information. Significant estimates in the market approach model include identifying appropriate market multiples and assessing earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill and noted no impairment. The Company performs the annual impairment testing of its goodwill as of October 31 of each year. However, actual results could differ from the Company’s estimates and projections, which would affect the assessment of impairment. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had goodwill of $10.5 million that is subject to at least annual review of impairment.

Product Warranty

The Company warrants that its products will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials. This warranty generally extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. (With respect to TrexTrim™ and Trex Reveal^® Railing, the warranty period is 25 years for both residential and commercial use.) With respect to the Company’s Transcend^®, Enhance^®, Select^® and Universal Fascia product, the Company further warrants that the product will not fade in color more than a certain amount and will be resistant to permanent staining from food substances or mold (provided the stain is cleaned within seven days of appearance). This warranty extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. If there is a breach of such warranties, the Company has an obligation either to replace the defective product or refund the purchase price. The Company establishes warranty reserves to provide for estimated future expenses as a result of product defects that result in claims. Reserve estimates are based on management’s judgment, considering such factors as cost per claim, historical experience, anticipated rates of claims, and other available information. Management reviews and adjusts these estimates, if necessary, on a quarterly basis based on the differences between actual experience and historical estimates.

Treasury Stock

The Company records the repurchase of shares of its common stock at cost. These shares are considered treasury stock, which is a reduction to stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is included in authorized and issued shares but excluded from outstanding shares.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when title is transferred to customers, which is generally upon shipment of the product to the customer. The Company does not grant contractual product return rights to customers other than pursuant to its product warranty. The Company does not expect future product returns to be material and, consequently, does not maintain an allowance for product returns.

The Company records all shipping and handling fees in sales and records all of the related costs in cost of sales. The Company offers sales incentive programs to dealers and distributors, including rebates, pricing discounts, favorable payment terms and cooperative advertising, many of which result in cash consideration made to dealers and distributors. The Company accounts for consideration made pursuant to these programs in accordance with accounting guidance that governs consideration given by a vendor to a customer. With the exception of cooperative advertising, the Company classifies sales incentives as a reduction in revenue in “Net sales.” Sales incentives are recorded in the period in which they are earned by customers. The Company’s cooperative advertising program meets the requirements for exclusion from net sales and the costs are recorded as expenses in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Cooperative advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

F-10

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures share-based compensation at the grant date of the award based on the fair value, and is recognized on a straight line basis as expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the vesting periods of the award, net of an estimated forfeiture rate.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a full valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets. The Company’s assessment gave significant weight to the negative evidence of its cumulative loss history in the three years ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it more likely than not will realize most of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, reversed a significant portion of its valuation allowance. The analysis performed to assess the need for a valuation allowance included an evaluation of all available positive and negative evidence and the four possible sources of taxable income as identified in ASC 740, including the consideration of the positive evidence of its cumulative income history in the three years ended December 31, 2013.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, research and development costs were $2.9 million, $2.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and have been included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses its branding and advertising communication costs as incurred. Significant production costs are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related advertisement is first used. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, were included in prepaid expenses for production costs.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, branding expenses, including advertising expenses as described above, were $20.9 million, $20.5 million and $19.4 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and net unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts. Amounts related to interest rate swap contracts that were previously included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” and reclassified to “Interest expense, net” were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2011. Comprehensive income consisted solely of net income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-11

3. INVENTORIES

Inventories (at LIFO value) consist of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Finished goods	$	30,423		$	23,172
Raw materials		16,502			18,068
Total FIFO inventories		46,925			41,240
Reserve to adjust inventories to LIFO value		(24,497	)		(23,719	)
Total LIFO inventories	$	22,428		$	17,521

Inventory is stated at the lower of LIFO cost or net realizable value. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow moving or obsolete items and writes down the related products to estimated net realizable value.

Under the LIFO method, reductions in inventory cause a portion of the Company’s cost of sales to be based on historical costs rather than current year costs. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized a $4.5 million benefit due to a reduction in inventory. No such inventory reduction occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Building and improvements	$	48,774		$	57,435
Machinery and equipment		195,873			218,359
Furniture and fixtures		2,062			1,999
Forklifts and tractors		6,191			5,373
Computer equipment		8,353			7,371
Construction in process		7,619			1,855
Land		8,858			8,858
		277,730			301,250
Accumulated depreciation		(176,947	)		(196,825	)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,783		$	104,425

The Company had construction in process as of December 31, 2013 of approximately $7.6 million. The Company expects that the construction in process will be completed and put into service in the year ending December 31, 2014.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $15.9 million, $16.5 million and $18.4 million, respectively.

F-12

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

	2013		2012
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	9,135	$	10,080
Accrued sales and marketing costs		5,269		3,402
Accrued legal contingency		3,174		—
Accrued rent obligations		1,787		1,103
Accrued manufacturing expenses		1,107		1,350
Other		2,823		2,883
Total accrued expenses	$	23,295	$	18,818

6. DEBT

The Company’s debt consists of a revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding indebtedness, and the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 1.9%.

Revolving Credit Facility

On January 6, 2012, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with BB&T, as a lender, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer and a Collateral Agent; Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (“Wells Fargo”) as a lender and a Collateral Agent; and BB&T Capital Markets (“BB&T Capital”), as Lead Arranger to amend the Credit Agreement. BB&T and Wells Fargo are referenced herein as the “Lenders.” These new agreements replace the previous revolver note, the swing advance note and the letter of credit facility, in their entireties and account for all of the Company’s debt capacity. No additional fees were due or owing as a result of the termination of the previous agreements.

Under the Amended Credit Agreement, the Lenders agreed to provide the Company with one or more revolving loans in a collective maximum principal amount of $100 million (the “Revolver Loans”).

Included within the Revolver Loan limit are sublimits for a Letter of Credit Facility in an amount not to exceed $15 million (the “Letter of Credit Facility”); and Swing Advances in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5 million (the “Swing Advance Loan”). The Revolver Loans, the Letter of Credit Facility and the Swing Advance Loan are collectively referred to herein as the “Loans.” The Loans were obtained for the purpose of raising working capital and refinancing the Company’s existing indebtedness.

The Revolver Loans, the Swing Advances and the Letter of Credit Facility provide the Company, in the aggregate, the ability to borrow a principal amount not to exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding (the “Revolving Loan Limit”) (subject to certain Borrowing Base requirements as described in the Amended Credit Agreement which include limits on Eligible Accounts and Inventory as described in the Amended Credit Agreement and any written agreement which may be executed from time to time by the Company and each of the Collateral Agents). The Company is not obligated to borrow any amount under the Revolving Loan Limit. Within the Revolving Loan Limit, the Company may borrow or repay at any time or from time to time while the Revolving Loans are in effect.

Base Rate Advances (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) under the Revolver Loans and the Swing Advances accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and Euro-Dollar Advances for the Revolver Loans and Swing Advances accrue interest at the Adjusted London InterBank Offered Rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). Repayment of all then outstanding principal, interest, fees and costs is due on January 9, 2015.

F-13

The Letter of Credit Facility provides that upon the Company’s application, BB&T shall issue to the Company’s credit one or more letters of credit in the aggregate amount of up to $15 million, or such lesser amount as may be required by law. The Company shall reimburse BB&T for all amounts payable, including interest, under a Letter of Credit at the earlier of (i) the date set forth in the application or (ii) on business day after the payment under such Letter of Credit by BB&T.

On February 26, 2013, the Company entered into a First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement was amended to temporarily increase the maximum amount of the Revolver Loans from $100 million to $125 million during the period from February 26, 2013 through and including June 30, 2013 to meet seasonal cash requirements and reduce certain interest rate margins and costs. In conjunction with the First Amendment, the Revolver Notes executed by the Company to each of BB&T and Wells Fargo dated as of January 6, 2012 were amended and restated. The maximum amount of the Revolver Loans reverted to $100 million on July 1, 2013.

On December 17, 2013, the Company entered into a Second Amendment (“Second Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment dated February 26, 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Credit Agreement was amended to temporarily increase the maximum amount of the Revolver Loans from $100 million to $125 million during the period from January 1, 2014 through and including June 30, 2014 to meet seasonal cash requirements. No other material changes were made to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Amounts drawn under the Revolver Loans are subject to a borrowing base consisting of certain accounts receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment and real estate. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver Loans and additional available borrowing capacity of approximately $71.9 million.

Compliance with Debt Covenants and Restrictions

The Company’s ability to make scheduled principal and interest payments, borrow and repay amounts under any outstanding revolving credit facility, and continue to comply with any loan covenants depends primarily on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations. To remain in compliance with financial covenants in the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain specified financial ratios based on levels of debt, capital, net worth, fixed charges, and earnings (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary non-cash losses) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, all of which are subject to the risks of the business, some of which are discussed in this report under “Risk Factors.” The Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Loans at December 31, 2013. Under the Credit Agreement, the material financial covenants and restrictions are as follows:

(a) Minimum Consolidated Net Worth. The Company agreed that it will maintain Consolidated Net Worth, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011, of not less than $85 million.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Company agreed that it will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.15 to 1.0, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011.

(c) Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio. The Company agreed that it will not permit the Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.0 measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter (and in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four-quarter period ending on such date) after the date on which the Senior Subordinated Notes have been redeemed in full.

Failure to comply with the financial covenants in the Credit Agreement could be considered a default of the Company’s repayment obligations and, among other remedies, could accelerate payment of any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

F-14

7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	34,598	$	2,720	$	(11,588	)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		16,794,841		16,123,592		15,388,456
Effect of dilutive securities:
SARS and options		255,353		406,482		—
Restricted stock		86,557		51,799		—
Convertible notes		—		482,983		—
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		17,136,751		17,064,856		15,388,456
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	2.06	$	0.17	$	(0.75	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	2.02	$	0.16	$	(0.75	)

Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per share computation plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes the following potentially dilutive securities because the effect would be anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Restricted stock and stock options		59,298		117,322		323,562
Stock appreciation rights		36,577		121,206		1,195,462

Stock Repurchase Programs

On August 1, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock over a six-month period (the “August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program”). During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Company repurchased 561,255 shares for $25.0 million at an average price of $44.54 per share, which completed the authorization under the August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program.

On October 24, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional common stock repurchase program, expiring on February 10, 2014, of up to $30 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock (the “October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program”). The Company made no repurchases under the October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program before it expired.

On February 19, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional common stock repurchase program of up to $50 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This authorization has no expiration date.

Stock Split

On February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01. The stock split will be in the form of a stock dividend to be distributed on May 7, 2014 to stockholders of record at the close of business on April 7, 2014. The financial statements presented in this Form 10-K appropriately do not reflect the effects of the stock split.

F-15

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has one stock-based compensation plan, the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Stock-based compensation is granted to officers, directors and certain key employees in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock and performance share awards. The total aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the Plan is 3,150,000 shares. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, stock compensation expense related to awards under the Plan was $3.8 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. This expense is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

The Plan authorizes the grant of stock options and SARs. Stock options are granted with an exercise price and SARs are granted with a grant price equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. These awards have ten-year contractual terms and vest based on the terms of the individual awards. The options and SARs are generally forfeitable upon termination of a holder’s service as an employee or director, unless the individual’s service is terminated due to retirement, death or permanent disability. The Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the award. Prior to 2006, the Company granted stock options and all stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 are fully vested. In 2006, the Company began the use of SARs instead of stock options.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to SARs expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.7 years. The fair value of each stock option award and SAR is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For SARs issued in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the assumptions shown in the following table were used:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%
Average risk-free interest rate		0.7	%		0.8	%		2.0	%
Expected term (years)		5			5			5
Volatility		63.7	%		65.9	%		65.0	%

Expected Volatility. Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. The Company has used the historical volatility over the average expected term of the options granted as the expected volatility.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. This is the U.S. Treasury rate having a term that most closely resembles the expected term of the option.

Expected Term. The expected term is the period of time that the SARs granted is expected to remain unexercised. SARs granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 had a maximum term of ten years. The Company used historical exercise behavior with further consideration given to the class of employees to whom the equity awards were granted to estimate the expected term of the SAR.

The forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of equity awards granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience with further consideration given to the class of employees to whom the equity awards were granted.

F-16

The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $43.89.

Stock option activity under the Plan and a predecessor stock incentive plan is as follows:

	Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value as of December 31, 2013
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		222,446		$	33.20
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(57,027	)	$	27.94
Canceled		(20,350	)	$	31.71
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		145,069		$	38.08
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(23,189	)	$	31.35
Canceled		(1,242	)	$	20.00
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		120,638		$	40.37
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(93,484	)	$	49.83
Canceled		(6,010	)	$	36.31
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948
Vested at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948

SAR activity under the Plan is as follows:

	SARs			Weighted- Average Grant Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value as of December 31, 2013
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		1,246,495		$	13.70
Granted		96,765		$	25.76
Exercised		(180,555	)	$	28.34
Canceled		—		$	—
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,162,705		$	13.17
Granted		100,914		$	25.75
Exercised		(567,953	)	$	13.08
Canceled		(8,476	)	$	24.15
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		687,190		$	18.56
Granted		60,588		$	43.89
Exercised		(374,667	)	$	15.39
Canceled		(3,514	)	$	26.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		369,597		$	25.85		6.9	$	2,547,706
Vested at December 31, 2013		230,604		$	21.37		6.0	$	1,386,104
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		230,604		$	21.37		6.0	$	1,386,104

F-17

Restricted Stock

The fair value of the restricted stock is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s shares on the grant date. Shares of restricted stock vest based on the terms of the awards. Unvested restricted stock is generally forfeitable upon termination of a holder’s service as an employee, unless the individual’s service is terminated due to retirement, death or permanent disability. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 47,015, 156,927 and 67,945 restricted shares were granted at $44.42, $27.18 and $25.86 per share, respectively. The total fair value of restricted shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.1 million, $2.5 million, and $4.1 million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, $2.5 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million of compensation expense, respectively, was recognized related to restricted stock awards. At December 31, 2013, there was $3.6 million of total compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock remaining to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years. Compensation expense related to restricted stock is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Restricted stock activity under the Plan is as follows:

	Restricted Stock			Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		244,436		$	13.65
Granted		67,945		$	25.86
Vested		(151,706	)	$	27.06
Forfeited		(500	)	$	17.41
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		160,175		$	22.99
Granted		156,927		$	27.18
Vested		(94,705	)	$	26.88
Forfeited		(7,712	)	$	25.47
Nonvested at December 31, 2012		214,685		$	24.16
Granted		47,015		$	44.42
Vested		(69,797	)	$	44.55
Forfeited		(416	)	$	32.32
Nonvested at December 31, 2013		191,487		$	27.56

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) that permits eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock of the Company at a purchase price which is the lesser of 85% of the market price on either the first day of the calendar quarter or the last day of the calendar quarter. Eligible employees may elect to participate in the plan by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of gross compensation for each payroll period. On the last day of each quarter, each participant’s contribution account is used to purchase the maximum number of whole shares of common stock determined by dividing the contribution account’s balance by the purchase price. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased under the plan is 300,000. Through December 31, 2013, employees had purchased approximately 200,000 shares under the plan. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, compensation expense of $98.7 thousand, $65.3 thousand and $86.3 thousand, respectively, was recognized related to the discount on ESPP purchases. Compensation expense related to ESPP purchases is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

F-18

9. LEASES

The Company leases office space, storage warehouses and certain office and plant equipment under various operating leases. Minimum annual payments under these non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2014	$	6,803
2015		6,289
2016		5,362
2017		5,343
2018		5,277
Thereafter		15,198
Total minimum lease payments	$	44,272

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized rental expenses of approximately $6.5 million, $7.5 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Through December 31, 2013, the Company had a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The plan covered substantially all of the Company’s full-time employees. The plan documents provide for the Company to match contributions equal to 100% of an employee’s contribution to the plan up to 6% of base salary. The Company’s contributions to the plan totaled $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

11. INCOME TAXES

Income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Current income tax provision (benefit):
Federal	$	1,745		$	303	$	(2,738	)
State		404			88		(32	)
		2,149			391		(2,770	)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit):
Federal		(11,182	)		510		164
State		(1,516	)		108		1
		(12,698	)		618		165
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$	(10,549	)	$	1,009	$	(2,605	)

F-19

The income tax provision (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to income before taxes as a result of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
U.S. federal statutory taxes	$	8,417		$	1,305		$	(4,826	)
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit		1,061			(418	)		(650	)
Permanent items		225			198			96
Federal credits		(566	)		(54	)		(59	)
Other		244			46			(275	)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(19,930	)		(68	)		3,109
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$	(10,549	)	$	1,009		$	(2,605	)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses	$	483		$	9,962
Warranty reserve		16,085			11,406
Stock-based compensation		2,383			2,654
Accruals not currently deductible and other		6,210			8,193
Inventories		3,843			5,008
State tax credit carryforwards		3,714			4,105
Gross deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance		32,718			41,328
Valuation allowance		(4,201	)		(24,131	)
Gross deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance		28,517			17,197
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and other		(19,380	)		(20,758	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(19,380	)		(20,758	)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	9,137		$	(3,561	)

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a full valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets. The Company’s assessment gave significant weight to the negative evidence of its cumulative loss history in the three years ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it more likely than not will realize most of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, reversed a significant portion of its valuation allowance. The analysis performed to assess the need for a valuation allowance included an evaluation of the four possible sources of taxable income as identified in ASC 740, including the consideration of the positive evidence of its cumulative income history in the three years ended December 31, 2013.

Based on this analysis, as well as due to the realization of certain deferred tax assets during 2013, the Company recorded a $19.9 million reduction of its valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2013, $10.9 million of which was a direct result of the Company’s decision to exit a full valuation allowance. As

F-20

of December 31, 2013, the remaining valuation allowance is $4.2 million, primarily related to certain state tax credits the Company estimates will expire before they are realized. The Company will analyze its position in subsequent reporting periods, considering all available positive and negative evidence, in determining the expected realization of its deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes excess tax benefits for stock-based awards as an increase to additional paid-in capital only when realized. The Company realized $1.5 million of excess tax benefits during 2013 and, accordingly, recorded an increase to additional paid-in capital. Deferred tax assets are not recognized for net operating loss carryfowards resulting from excess tax benefits related to exercised stock-based awards. As of December 31, 2013, deferred tax assets do not include $10.3 million of excess tax benefits that are a component of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards. Accordingly, additional paid-in capital will increase up to an additional $10.3 million if and when such excess tax benefits are realized.

The Company has federal net operating losses of $18.2 million at December 31, 2013 that begin to expire in 2028.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has effectively eliminated all unrecognized tax benefits. The following table illustrates changes to recorded unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1	$	—	$	60		$	3,126
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions		—		—			1
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		—		(36	)		(2,760	)
Settlements		—		(22	)		(245	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		—		(2	)		(62	)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31	$	—	$	—		$	60

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax matters as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no material amounts accrued for interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company operates in multiple tax jurisdictions and, in the normal course of business, its tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future assessments by these taxing authorities and the Company has accrued a liability when it believes that it is not more likely than not that it will realize the benefits of tax positions that it has taken or for the amount of any tax benefit that exceeds the cumulative probability threshold in accordance with ASC 740. As of September 30, 2013, federal tax years 2010 through 2013 remain subject to examination, while tax returns in certain state tax jurisdictions for years 2008 through 2013 remain subject to examination. The Company has been notified by the state of Michigan that returns filed for tax years 2008 through 2011 will be examined during 2014. The Company believes that adequate provisions have been made for Michigan and all tax returns subject to examination.

In September 2013, the Internal Revenue Service issued Treasury Decision 9636, which enacted final tax regulations regarding the capitalization and expensing of amounts paid to acquire, produce, or improve tangible property. The regulations also include guidance regarding the retirement of depreciable property. The regulations are required to be effective in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the final regulations on its financial statements.

F-21

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Matters

On January 19, 2009, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the Superior Court of California, Santa Cruz County, by the lead law firm of Lieff, Cabraser, Heimann & Bernstein, LLP and certain other law firms (the “Lieff Cabraser Group”) on behalf of Eric Ross and Bradley S. Hureth and similarly situated plaintiffs. These plaintiffs generally alleged certain defects in the Company’s products, and that the Company failed to provide adequate remedies for defective products. On February 13, 2009, the Company removed this case to the United States District Court, Northern District of California. On January 21, 2009, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the United States District Court, Western District of Washington by the law firm of Hagens Berman Sobol Shapiro LLP (“Hagens Berman”) on behalf of Mark Okano and similarly situated plaintiffs, generally alleging certain product defects in the Company’s products, and that the Company failed to provide adequate remedies for defective products. This case was transferred by the Washington Court to the California Court as a related case to the Lieff Cabraser Group’s case.

On July 30, 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California preliminarily approved a settlement of the claims of the lawsuit commenced by the Lieff Cabraser Group involving surface flaking of the Company’s product, and on March 15, 2010, it granted final approval of the settlement.

On March 25, 2010, the Lieff Cabraser Group amended its complaint to add claims relating to alleged defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth. Hagens Berman alleged similar claims in its original complaint. In its Final Order approving the surface flaking settlement, the District Court consolidated these pending actions relating to the mold claims, and appointed Hagens Berman as lead counsel in this case. On December 3, 2010, Hagens Berman filed an amended consolidated complaint in the United States District Court, Northern District of California relating to the mold growth claims (now on behalf of Dean Mahan and other named plaintiffs).

On December 15, 2010, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the United States District Court, Western District of Kentucky, by Cohen & Malad, LLP (“Cohen & Malad”) on behalf of Richard Levin and similarly situated plaintiffs in Kentucky, and on June 13, 2011, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in the Marion Circuit/Superior Court of Indiana by Cohen & Malad on behalf of Ellen Kopetsky and similarly situated plaintiffs in Indiana. On June 28, 2011, the Company removed the Kopetsky case to the United States District Court, Southern District of Indiana. (On September 3, 2013, the two lawsuits commenced by Cohen & Malad were settled.) On August 11, 2011, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in the 50 ^th Circuit Court for the County of Chippewa, Michigan on behalf of Joel and Lori Peffers and similarly situated plaintiffs in Michigan. On August 26, 2011, the Company removed the Peffers case to the United States District Court, Western District of Michigan. On April 4, 2012, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County by the lead law firm of Stull, Stull & Brody (the “Stull Group”) on behalf of Caryn Borger, M.D. and similarly situated plaintiffs in New Jersey. On May 1, 2012, the Company removed the Borger case to the United States District Court, District of New Jersey. (On December 5, 2013, the lawsuit commenced by the Stull Group was settled.) The plaintiffs in these purported class actions alleged certain defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth.

On April 5, 2013, the Company signed a settlement agreement with Hagens Berman that settled the case pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of California on a nationwide basis, and the parties filed for preliminary approval of such settlement (the “nationwide settlement”). The material terms of the nationwide settlement, as amended by an amended settlement agreement signed on September 3, 2013, are as follows:

• Trex will make a one-time cash payment or the opportunity to receive other relief, including a rebate certificate on its newer-generation shelled product (Trex Transcend^® and Trex Enhance^®). This relief would be available for any consumer whose first-generation composite decking product has a certain defined level of mold growth, color fading or color variation.

F-22

• Trex agreed to discontinue the manufacture of non-shelled decking, railing and fencing products (other than Trex Traditional Railing and Trex Seclusions Fencing) by December 31, 2013.

• Trex agreed to provide a video demonstrating cleaning instructions for non-shelled products on its website, and to distribute warranty pads to retailers.

• The cost to Trex is capped at $8.25 million plus $1.45 million in attorneys’ fees to be paid to the Plaintiffs’ counsel upon final approval of the nationwide settlement by the Court.

The settlement agreement provides that the nationwide settlement applies to any Trex first-generation non-shelled composite decking, railing and fencing product purchased between August 1, 2004 and the date of preliminary approval of the nationwide settlement.

On August 27, 2013, the Court entered an Order granting preliminary approval of the settlement agreement and on December 16, 2013, the Court granted final approval of the settlement. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has accrued a $3.2 million liability related to this litigation. It is reasonably possible that the Company may incur costs in excess of the recorded amounts; however, the Company expects that the total net cost to resolve the lawsuit will not exceed approximately $10 million.

The Company has other lawsuits, as well as other claims, pending against it which are ordinary routine litigation and claims incidental to the business. Management has evaluated the merits of these other lawsuits and claims, and believes that their ultimate resolution will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or competitive position.

Purchase Commitments

The Company fulfills requirements for raw materials under both purchase orders and supply contracts. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company purchased substantially all of its waste wood fiber requirements under purchase orders, which do not involve long-term supply commitments. Substantially all of the Company’s polyethylene (“PE material”) purchases are under short-term supply contracts that average approximately two years, for which pricing is negotiated as needed.

The waste wood and PE material supply contracts generally provide that the Company is obligated to purchase all of the waste wood or PE material a supplier provides, if the waste wood or PE material meets certain specifications. The amount of waste wood and PE material the Company is required to purchase under these contracts varies with the production of its suppliers and, accordingly, is not fixed or determinable. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has purchase commitments under raw material supply contracts of $19.2 million, $8.6 million, $1.5 million and $49 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The Company outsources the production of certain products to third-party manufacturers under supply contracts that commit the Company to purchase minimum levels for each year extending through 2015. The Company has purchase commitments under the third-party manufacturing contracts of $4.4 million and $1.9 million for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Contract Termination Costs

In anticipation of relocating its corporate headquarters, the Company entered into a lease agreement in 2005. The Company reconsidered and decided not to move its headquarters. The lease obligates the Company to lease 55,047 square feet of office space through June 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has executed subleases for 41,701 square feet of the leased space and is currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. The Company estimates that the present value of the estimated future sublease receipts, net of transaction costs, will be less than the Company’s remaining minimum lease payment obligations under its

F-23

lease and has recorded a liability for the expected shortfall. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, a subtenant defaulted on its sublease payments. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of sublease receipts and recorded a $1.1 million charge to selling, general and administrative expenses to increase its liability.

To estimate future sublease receipts for the periods beyond the term of the existing subleases, the Company has assumed that the existing subleases will be renewed or new subleases will be executed at rates consistent with rental rates in the current subleases or estimated market rates. However, management cannot be certain that the timing of future subleases or the rental rates contained in future subleases will not differ from current estimates. Factors such as the availability of commercial office space, poor economic conditions and subtenant preferences will influence the terms achieved in future subleases. The inability to sublet the office space in the future or unfavorable changes to key management assumptions used in the estimate of the future sublease receipts may result in material charges to selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

As of December 31, 2013, the minimum payments remaining under the Company’s lease over the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and $0.9 million thereafter. The minimum receipts remaining under the Company’s existing subleases over the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are $1.3 million, $0.8 million, $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and $0.4 million thereafter.

The following table provides information about the Company’s liability under the lease (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1,	$	1,103		$	452
Net rental receipts (payments)		(558	)		(115	)
Accretion of discount		98			39
Increase in net estimated contract termination costs		1,144			727
Balance as of December 31,	$	1,787		$	1,103

Product Warranty

The Company warrants that its products will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials. This warranty generally extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. (With respect to TrexTrim™ and Trex Reveal^® Railing, the warranty period is 25 years for both residential and commercial use.) With respect to the Company’s Transcend^®, Enhance^®, Select^® and Universal Fascia product, the Company further warrants that the product will not fade in color more than a certain amount and will be resistant to permanent staining from food substances or mold (provided the stain is cleaned within seven days of appearance). This warranty extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. If there is a breach of such warranties, the Company has an obligation either to replace the defective product or refund the purchase price.

Historically, the Company has not had material numbers of claims submitted or settled under the provisions of its product warranties, with the exception of claims related to material produced at its Nevada facility prior to 2007 that exhibits surface flaking. The Company continues to receive and settle surface flaking claims and maintains a warranty reserve to provide for the settlement of these claims. In 2009, the Company agreed to a settlement of a class action lawsuit covering the surface defect, stipulating its responsibilities with regard to such claims. Estimating the warranty reserve for surface flaking claims requires management to estimate (1) the average cost to settle each claim and (2) the number of claims to be settled with payment, both of which are subject to variables that are difficult to estimate.

The cost per claim varies due to a number of factors, including the size of affected decks, the type of replacement material used, the cost of production of replacement material and the method of claim settlement. Although the cost per claim does vary, it is less volatile and more predictable than the number of claims to be settled with payment, which is inherently uncertain.

F-24

The key component driving the Company’s potential liability is the number of claims that will ultimately require payment. To estimate the number of future paid claims, the Company utilizes actuarial techniques to quantify both the expected number of claims to be received and the percentage of those claims that will ultimately require payment. Estimates for both of these elements (number and percentage of claims that will ultimately require payment) are quantified using a range of assumptions derived from the recent claim count history and the identification of factors influencing the claim counts, including the downward trend in received claims due to the passage of time since production of the suspect material. For each of the various parameters used in the analysis, the assumed values in the actuarial valuation produce results that represent the Company’s best estimate for the ultimate number of claims to be settled with payment.

A number of factors make estimates of the number of claims to be received inherently uncertain. The Company believes that production of the suspect material was confined to material produced from its Nevada facility prior to 2007, but is unable to determine the amount of suspect material produced or the exact time it takes for surface flaking to become evident in the suspect material and materialize as a claim. Furthermore, the aforementioned 2009 class action settlement and related public notices led to a significant increase in claims received in 2009 and disrupted the claims data and settlement patterns. Lastly, the Company is not aware of any analogous industry data that might be referenced in predicting future claims to be received.

The number of surface flaking claims received peaked in 2009 in conjunction with the class action settlement and related public notices and the trend of claims received began to decline significantly in 2010 and 2011, consistent with the Company’s belief that the effect of the 2009 spike in claims was largely an acceleration of claims previously expected to be filed in future periods. As a result of the effects of the class action settlement and because the suspect material had not been produced since prior to 2007, the Company anticipated that the rate of decline in claims received would accelerate and the number of claims received would continue to decline significantly in 2012.

The Company monitors surface flaking claims activity each quarter for indications that its estimate of the number of claims expected requires revision. Due to extensive use of decks during the summer outdoor season, variance to annual claims expectations is typically observed during the latter part of the Company’s fiscal year. During the third quarter of 2012, based on an analysis of additional claims activity, the Company observed that the actual rate of decline in claims received in 2012 would fall short of its anticipated rate of decline. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of the future claims to be received to reflect a rate of decline that incorporated levels experienced in 2012. Although the number of claims expected to be received continued to decline each year, the effect of reducing the anticipated rate of decline increased the total number of claims expected in future years. As a result of these changes in estimate, the Company recorded an increase to the warranty reserve of $20 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012.

During the third quarter of 2013, the number of claims received was significantly greater than the Company’s prior estimates. Although the number of claims received during the first nine months of 2013 remained lower than those received during the first nine months of 2012, the number of claims received during the third quarter of 2013 exceeded those received during the third quarter of 2012. This represented the first quarterly year-over-year increase in the number of claims received since the 2009 class action settlement was made public.

The Company believes that this unexpected increase in claims was due primarily to a response to communications made by the Company in July 2013 informing homeowners of potential hazards associated with decking products exhibiting surface flaking that are not timely replaced. These communications included a public press release and over 10,000 letters sent to homeowners that previously filed surface flaking claims. In addition to contributing to the increase in new claims received, these communications resulted in the reopening of a significant number of claims previously closed. Furthermore, although not directly related to the surface flaking issue, in August 2013, the United States District Court, Northern District of California granted preliminary approval of a settlement agreement related to cases in which plaintiffs generally alleged certain defects in the

F-25

Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth. The Company believes that public notices made subsequent to the Court approval increased homeowner awareness of product-related issues and contributed to the increased number of surface flaking claims received during the third quarter of 2013. As a result of these public communications, the Company expects to experience elevated claims activity, both in new claims received and reopened claims, for the near future, after which it expects a return to previously-experienced rates of decline. However, the elevated claims activity resulted in a material increase in the expected number of claims to settle with payment.

In addition to the increased number of expected claims to be settled with payment, the Company has experienced an increase in the average cost to settle a claim during 2013. Analysis of claims data indicates that the increased cost per claim is driven primarily by an increase in the average size of settled claims, which the Company believes reflects a shift from partial deck replacements to full deck replacements. Also, the Company’s August 2013 decision to discontinue production of the Accents^® product, which is currently used as replacement material for surface flaking claims, necessitated a change in the average cost expectations due to the implications of transitioning to alternative replacement material.

Due to the unfavorable claims and cost experience during the three months ended September 30, 2013, as described above, the Company recorded a $20 million increase to the warranty reserve.

The Company’s analysis is based on currently known facts and a number of assumptions. Projecting future events such as the number of claims to be received, the number of claims that will require payment and the average cost of claims could cause the actual warranty liabilities to be higher or lower than those projected which could materially affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. The Company estimates that the number of claims received will decline over time. If the level of claims received does not diminish consistent with its expectations or if the cost to settle claims increases, it could result in additional increases to the warranty reserve and reduced earnings and cash flows in future periods. The Company estimates that a 10% change in the expected number of remaining claims to be settled with payment or the expected cost to settle claims may result in approximately a $4.1 million change in the warranty reserve.

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s warranty reserve (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Beginning balance, January 1	$	28,987		$	16,345
Changes in estimates related to pre-existing warranties		20,000			21,487
Settlements made during the period		(8,175	)		(8,845	)
Ending balance, December 31	$	40,812		$	28,987

13. INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2013 (a)		September 30, 2013 (b)			June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012			September 30, 2012 (c)			June 30, 2012		March 31, 2012
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales		63,831		72,249			98,551		107,880		46,155			70,819			94,279		96,100
Gross profit		19,685		151			36,922		41,860		13,426			2,146			33,590		35,419
Net income (loss)		15,103		(15,298	)		13,224		21,569		(3,619	)		(14,312	)		8,339		12,311
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.91	$	(0.91	)	$	0.78	$	1.28	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.86	)	$	0.54	$	0.80
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.90	$	(0.91	)	$	0.76	$	1.25	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.86	)	$	0.48	$	0.74

F-26

The Company’s net sales, gross profit and income from operations have historically varied from quarter to quarter. Such variations are often attributable to seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. The Company has historically experienced lower net sales during the fourth quarter because holidays and adverse weather conditions in certain regions reduce the level of home improvement and construction activity.

(a) Three months ended December 31, 2013 was materially affected by a $10.9 million benefit as a direct result of the Company’s decision to exit a full valuation allowance.

(b) Three months ended September 30, 2013 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve.

(c) Three months ended September 30, 2012 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve.

F-27

TREX COMPANY, INC.

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

(In Thousands)

Descriptions	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions (Reductions) Charged to Cost and Expenses			Other		Deductions			Balance at End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2013:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (a)	$	7	$	(3	)	$	—	$	(4	)	$	—
Warranty reserve	$	28,987	$	20,000		$	—	$	(8,175	)	$	40,812
Income tax valuation allowance	$	24,131	$	—		$	—	$	(19,930	)	$	4,201
Year ended December 31, 2012:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (a)	$	292	$	(362	)	$	—	$	77		$	7
Warranty reserve	$	16,345	$	21,487		$	—	$	(8,845	)	$	28,987
Income tax valuation allowance	$	24,199	$	(68	)	$	—	$	—		$	24,131
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (a)	$	335	$	23		$	—	$	(66	)	$	292
Warranty reserve	$	14,472	$	9,976		$	—	$	(8,103	)	$	16,345
Income tax valuation allowance	$	21,090	$	3,109		$	—	$	—		$	24,199

(a) Reserve related to accounts receivable

F-28

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	Trex Company, Inc.
Date: February 24, 2014	By:	/s/    RONALD W. KAPLAN
		Ronald W. Kaplan Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Duly Authorized Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed as of February 24, 2014 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Signature	Title
/s/    RONALD W. KAPLAN         Ronald W. Kaplan	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer); Director
/s/    JAMES E. CLINE         James E. Cline	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/    PAUL A. BRUNNER         Paul A. Brunner	Director
/s/    MICHAEL F. GOLDEN         Michael F. Golden	Director
/s/    JAY M. GRATZ         Jay M. Gratz	Director
/s/    FRANK H. MERLOTTI, JR.         Frank H. Merlotti, Jr.	Director
/s/    RICHARD E. POSEY         Richard E. Posey	Director
/s/    PATRICIA B. ROBINSON         Patricia B. Robinson	Director

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trex Company, Inc. (the “Company”). Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63287) and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.1	Specimen certificate representing the Company’s common stock. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63287) and incorporated herein by reference.
4.2	Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2007, between Trex Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.3	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2007, between Trex Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee, including the form of 6.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2012. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4	Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2009 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer, BB&T Capital Markets as Lead Arranger and the Lenders listed on the signature pages thereof. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.5	Swing Advance Note dated November 4, 2009 payable by the Company Inc. to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $5,000,000 or the outstanding swing advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.6	First Amendment, dated October 28, 2011, of Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2009 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Administrative Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer and Lender, and BB&T Capital Markets Letter as Lead Arranger. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.7	Revolver Note dated October 28, 2011 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $40,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.8	Reducing Revolver Note dated October 28, 2011 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $15,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.9	Amended and Restated Security Agreement between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, dated as of November 4, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
4.10	Amended and Restated Credit Line Deed of Trust, dated November 4, 2009, by and among the Company, as grantor, BB&T-VA Collateral Service Corporation, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, as Beneficiary relating to real property partially located in the County of Frederick, Virginia and partially located in the City of Winchester, Virginia. Filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.11	Deed of Trust, dated November 4, 2009, by and among the Company, as grantor, Eric L. Sappenfield, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, as Beneficiary relating to real property located in the County of De Soto, Mississippi. Filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.12	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as a Lender, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer and a Collateral Agent; Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as a Lender and a Collateral Agent; and BB&T Capital Markets, as Lead Arranger. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.13	Revolver Note dated January 6, 2012 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $55,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.14	Revolver Note dated January 6, 2012 payable by the Company to Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC in the amount of the lesser of $45,000,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.15	Swing Advance Note dated January 6, 2012 payable by the Company to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $5,000,000 or the outstanding swing advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.16	Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012 between the Company, as debtor, and Branch Banking and Trust Company as Collateral Agent for Branch Banking and Trust Company and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.17	Modification to Amended and Restated Credit Line Deed of Trust, dated as of January 6, 2012, by and among the Company as grantor, BB&T-VA Collateral Service Corporation, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for Branch Banking and Trust Company and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Beneficiary relating to real property partially located in the County of Frederick, Virginia and partially located in the City of Winchester, Virginia. Filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.18	Deed of Trust, dated as of January 6, 2012, by and among the Company as grantor, First American Title Insurance Company, as trustee, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Collateral Agent for Branch Banking and Trust Company and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Beneficiary relating to real property located in the County of Fernley, Nevada. Filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
4.19	First Amendment dated February 26, 2013 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012 between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as a Lender and Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC as a Lender. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.20	Revolver Note dated February 26, 2013 payable by Trex Company, Inc. to Branch Banking and Trust Company in the amount of the lesser of $67,500,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Branch Banking and Trust Company. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.21	Revolver Note dated February 26, 2013 payable to Trex Company, Inc. to Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC in the amount of the lesser of $57,500,000 or the outstanding revolver advances made by Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.22	Second Amendment dated December 17, 2013 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 26, 2013, between the Company and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as a Lender and Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC as a Lender. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.1	Description of Management Compensatory Plans and Arrangements. Filed herewith. **
10.2	Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.3	Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.4	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.5	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.6	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.7	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed herewith. **
10.8	Form of Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed herewith. **
10.9	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.10	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. **

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
10.11	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.12	Amendment and Restatement of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and Ronald W. Kaplan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.13	Amendment and Restatement of Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2011, between Trex Company, Inc. and Ronald W. Kaplan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.14	Form of Amendment and Restatement of Change in Control Severance Agreement between Trex Company, Inc. and Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.15	Form of Severance Agreement between Trex Company, Inc. and Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.16	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and Ronald W. Kaplan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.17	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and James E. Cline. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.18	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and William R. Gupp. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.*, **
10.19	Retention Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, between Trex Company, Inc. and F. Timothy Reese. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. **
10.20	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.21	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Officers. Filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.22	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Director/Officers. Filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.23	Form of Distributor Agreement of TREX Company, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.24	Form of Trex Company, Inc. Fencing Agreement for Installers/Retailers. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.25	Deed of Lease, dated June 15, 2000, between TREX Company, LLC and Space, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
10.26	Amendment, dated February 22, 2010, of Deed of Lease dated as of June 15, 2000, between Trex Company, Inc, as successor by merger to Trex Company, LLC, and TC.V.LLC, as successor to Space, LLC. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.27	Deed of Lease, dated as of July 27, 2005, between the Company and 1 Dulles Town Center, L.L.C. Filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.*
21	Subsidiaries of the Company. Filed herewith.
23	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Filed herewith.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Filed herewith.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Filed herewith.
32	Certifications pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350. Filed herewith.
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document. Filed herewith.
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. Filed herewith.
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. Filed herewith.

* Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

** Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Trex Company, Inc.

Description of Management Compensatory Plans and Arrangements

Components of Executive Compensation.

In accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, all components of compensation for the chief executive officer and other executive officers of Trex Company (the “Company”) are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, all of whom meet the independence requirements prescribed by such rules.

The Company’s executive compensation program includes a base salary, annual cash incentive and long-term equity incentive compensation in the form of stock appreciation right awards and restricted shares issued under the Trex Company, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”).

Base Salary. Base salaries are the only non-variable element of the Company’s total compensation. They reflect each executive officer’s responsibilities, the impact of each executive officer’s position, and the contributions each executive officer delivers to the Company. Salaries are determined by competitive levels in the market for executives with comparable responsibilities and job scope based on the Company’s peer group and the results of executive compensation surveys, as well as the Company’s internal equity considerations. Each year, at its December meeting, the Compensation Committee reviews and establishes the base salaries of the Company’s executive officers for the next calendar year. Salary increases, if any, are based on individual performance, market conditions and Company performance. To gauge market conditions, the Compensation Committee evaluates the peer group and market data compiled by its independent compensation consultant. Base salaries are set upon review of the peer group and market data provided to the Compensation Committee upon consideration of the executive officer’s experience, tenure, performance and potential.

Annual Cash Incentive. The Company pays annual cash incentive to its chief executive officer, other executive officers, and other key employees generally based upon the achievement of the Company’s planned pretax earnings and cash-flow objectives for the fiscal year, which are approved by the Compensation Committee no later than the first quarter of the year.

For each fiscal year, each participant in the plan is assigned a “target incentive,” which is expressed as a percentage of the participant’s annual base salary. The cash incentive amount paid to a participant is determined by multiplying their target incentive by a performance percentage, which is calculated based on the extent to which the planned pretax earnings and cash flow objectives are achieved (excluding any items determined by the Compensation Committee to be extraordinary), subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee to increase or decrease such amount. Cash incentive payments are conditional upon the participant’s continued employment by the Company through the date of grant, and are pro-rated for employees who have served for less than a full year.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation. The Company maintains a long-term equity incentive compensation plan for the benefit of its chief executive officer, other executive officers, and other key employees. Awards under the plan are made under the Stock Incentive Plan by the Compensation Committee, and for all grants prior to 2014, were a mix of 50% stock appreciation rights and 50% time-based restricted shares. Beginning with grants in 2014, such awards shall be a mix of 50% time-based restricted stock and 50% performance-based restricted stock. The total target long-term incentive award for each participant in the plan is expressed as a percentage of the participant’s base salary. The grant of restricted shares is conditional upon the attainment of a certain pretax earnings target (excluding any items determined by the Compensation Committee to be extraordinary), subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee to increase or decrease the award.

Personal Benefits and Perquisites. The Company maintains a limited number of benefit programs available solely to the Company’s executive officers. The personal benefits are considered to constitute a part of the Company’s overall program and are presented in this light as part of the total compensation package approved by the Compensation Committee at the time of an executive officer’s hiring or promotion, as part of the Compensation Committee’s review of each executive officer’s annual total compensation, and in compensation discussions with executive officers.

Other Compensatory Plans

The Company’s executive officers also are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) plan, which is available to all regular Company employees.

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

TREX COMPANY, INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

TIME-BASED SHARES

Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants shares of its common stock, $.01 par value (“Shares”), to the Grantee named below, subject to the vesting conditions set forth in the attachment. Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

Grant Date:                         

Name of Grantee:                         

Number of Shares of Stock Covered by Grant:                         

Purchase Price per Share of Stock: $.01

Vesting Schedule:

Vesting Date	Number of Shares
,20	#
,20	#
,20	#

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

Grantee:
	(Signature)
Company:
	Ronald W. Kaplan
	President and Chief Executive Officer

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

1

TREX COMPANY, INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

TIME-BASED SHARES

Restricted Stock/ Nontransferability	This grant is an award of the number of Shares set forth on the cover sheet, at the purchase price set forth on the cover sheet, and subject to the vesting conditions described below (the “Restricted Stock”). To the extent not yet vested, your Restricted Stock may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Restricted Stock be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.
Issuance and Vesting	The Company will issue your Restricted Stock in your name as of the Grant Date. Your right to the Shares will vest as to thirty three and one-third percent (331/3%) of the total number of Shares covered by this grant, on each anniversary of the grant, as shown on the cover sheet; provided that you continue to provide services to the Company or a Subsidiary as an employee or a Service Provider (“Services”) on each such vesting date. The resulting aggregate number of vested Shares will be rounded to the nearest whole number, and you may not vest in more than the number of Shares covered by this grant. Upon the vesting of the Shares hereunder, the Company will issue you a share certificate for such shares, free of the legend set forth on page 5 hereof. The Purchase Price for the Shares shall be deemed to be paid at that time by your services to the Company.
Early Vesting	Upon the termination of your Services, other than by reason of your death, permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Retirement, or termination by the Company without “Cause” or at your election with “Good Reason,” any Restricted Stock that has not vested hereunder shall immediately be deemed forfeited. In the event of the termination of your Services because of your death, permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), or Retirement, or termination by the Company without “Cause” or at your election with “Good Reason”, any Restricted Stock that has not vested hereunder shall immediately become fully vested. “Cause” means one of the following reasons for which your employment with the Company is terminated: (1) Your willful or grossly negligent misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company; (2) Your embezzlement or misappropriation of funds or property of the Company; (3) Your conviction of a felony or the entrance of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony; (4) Your conviction of any crime involving fraud, dishonesty, moral turpitude or breach of trust or the entrance of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to such a crime; or (5) Your willful failure or refusal by you to devote your full business time (other than on account of disability or approved leave) and attention to the performance of your duties and responsibilities if such breach has not been cured within 15 days after written notice thereof is given to you by the Board of Directors. “Good Reason” shall exist upon: (1) a material and adverse change in your status or position(s) as an officer or management employee of the Company, including, without limitation, any adverse change in your status or position as an employee of the Company as a result of a material diminution in your duties or responsibilities (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Company is no longer publicly owned) or the assignment to you of any duties or responsibilities which are materially inconsistent with such status or position(s) (other than any

2

isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is cured promptly upon your giving notice), or any removal of you from or any failure to reappoint or reelect you to such position(s) (except in connection with your termination other than for Good Reason); (2) a 10% or greater reduction in your aggregate base salary and targeted bonus, other than any such reduction proportionately consistent with a general reduction of pay across the executive staff as a group, as an economic or strategic measure due to poor financial performance by the Company; (3) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any employee benefit plan (excluding any equity compensation plan) in which you are participating (or plans providing you with similar benefits that are not materially reduced in the aggregate) other than as a result of the normal expiration of any such plan in accordance with its terms; or the taking of any action, or the failure to act, by the Company or any successor which would adversely affect your continued participation in any of such plans on at least as favorable a basis to you or which would materially reduce your benefits under any of such plans; (4) Company’s requiring you to be based at an office that is both more than 50 miles from where your office is located and further from your then current residence; or (5) a material breach by the Company of any agreement with you; provided, however, that if any of the conditions exists, you must provide notice to the Company no more than ninety (90) calendar days following the initial existence of the condition and your intention to terminate your employment for Good Reason. Upon such notice, the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar days during which it may remedy the condition. In the event of a Change in Control, any Restricted Stock that has not vested hereunder shall immediately become fully vested. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Change in Control Severance Agreement between you and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision herein to the contrary, Restricted Stock shall also vest according to the terms and conditions, if so provided, in any separate agreement between you and the Company, including but not limited to any Employment Agreement, Severance Agreement or Change in Control Severance Agreement.

Escrow

The certificates for the Restricted Stock shall be deposited in escrow with the Secretary of the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. In the alternative, the Company may use the book-entry method of share recordation to indicate your share ownership and the restrictions imposed by this Agreement. If share certificates are issued, each deposited certificate shall be accompanied by a duly executed Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The deposited certificates shall remain in escrow until such time or times as the certificates are to be released or otherwise surrendered for cancellation as discussed below. Upon delivery of the certificates to the Company, you shall be issued an instrument of deposit acknowledging the number of Shares delivered in escrow to the Secretary of the Company. All regular cash dividends on the Restricted Stock (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to you and shall not be held in escrow. However, in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other change affecting the Shares as a class effected without receipt of consideration, or in the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be immediately delivered to the Secretary of the Company to be held in escrow hereunder, but only to the extent the Restricted Stock is at the time subject to the escrow requirements hereof. As your interest in the Restricted Stock vests as described above, the certificates for such vested Shares shall be released from escrow and delivered to you, at your request.

3

Withholding Taxes	You agree, as a condition of this grant, that you will make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the vesting of Shares acquired under this grant. In the event that the Company determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the vesting of shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, withhold Shares that would otherwise have been issued to you under this Agreement or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or any Affiliate.
Section 83(b) Election	Under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the difference between the purchase price paid for the Shares and their fair market value on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse will be reportable as ordinary income at that time. You may elect to be taxed at the time the Restricted Stock is acquired rather than when such Restricted Stock ceases to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date. You will have to make a tax payment to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair market value of the shares on the Grant Date. No tax payment will have to be made to the extent the purchase price is at least equal to the fair market value of the Shares on the Grant Date. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B hereto. Failure to make this filing within the thirty (30) day period will result in the recognition of ordinary income by you (in the event the fair market value of the Shares increases after the date of purchase) as the forfeiture restrictions lapse. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS YOUR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF. YOU ARE RELYING SOLELY ON YOUR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT TO FILE ANY 83(b) ELECTION.
Retention Rights	This Agreement does not give you the right to be retained by the Company in any capacity. The Company reserves the right to terminate your service with the Company at any time and for any reason.
Shareholder Rights	You shall have the right to vote the Restricted Stock and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to receive any dividends declared or paid on such stock. Any distributions you receive as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or other similar transaction shall be deemed to be a part of the Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto. The Company may in its sole discretion require any dividends paid on the Restricted Stock to be reinvested in Shares, which the Company may in its sole discretion deem to be a part of the shares of Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto. Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued.
Adjustments	In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Shares, the number of Shares covered by this grant shall be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.
Legends	All certificates representing the Restricted Stock issued in connection with this grant shall, where applicable, and if issued prior to vesting, have endorsed thereon the following legend:

4

	“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR THE HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”
Applicable Law	This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
The Plan	The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this grant of Restricted Stock. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded.
Consent to Electronic Delivery	The Company may choose to deliver certain statutory materials relating to the Plan in electronic form. By accepting this grant you agree that the Company may deliver the Plan prospectus and the Company’s annual report to you in an electronic format. If at any time you would prefer to receive paper copies of these documents, as you are entitled to receive, the Company would be pleased to provide copies. Please contact Corporate Human Resources to request paper copies of these documents.

By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

5

EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),                         (                     ) shares of common stock of the Company represented by Certificate No.                          herewith and does hereby irrevocable constitute and appoint                      Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                         , 20        

Print Name

Signature

Spouse Consent (if applicable)

                          (Purchaser’s spouse) indicates by the execution of this Assignment his or her consent to be bound by the terms herein as to his or her interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the shares of common stock of the Company.

Signature

INSTRUCTIONS: PLEASE DO NOT FILL IN ANY BLANKS OTHER THAN THE SIGNATURE LINE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IS TO ENABLE THE COMPANY TO EXERCISE ITS “REPURCHASE OPTION” SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT WITHOUT REQUIRING ADDITIONAL SIGNATURES ON THE PART OF PURCHASER.

6

EXHIBIT B

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF

THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

Name:                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                             

Social Security No. :                                                                                                                      

2. Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

                         shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

3. The date on which the property was transferred is                              , 20    .

4. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 20    .

5. Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

The shares of stock are subject to the provisions of a Restricted Stock Agreement between the undersigned and the Company. The shares of stock are subject to forfeiture under the terms of the Agreement.

6. The fair market value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restriction) was $             per share, for a total of $            .

7. The amount paid by taxpayer for the property was $            .

8. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

Dated:                     , 20    

Taxpayer’s Signature

Taxpayer’s Printed Name

7

PROCEDURES FOR MAKING ELECTION

UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

The following procedures must be followed with respect to the attached form for making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) in order for the election to be effective:¹

1. You must file one copy of the completed election form with the IRS Service Center where you file your federal income tax returns within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date of your Restricted Stock.

2. At the same time you file the election form with the IRS, you must also give a copy of the election form to the Secretary of the Company.

3. You must file another copy of the election form with your federal income tax return (generally, Form 1040) for the taxable year in which the stock is transferred to you.

¹  Whether or not to make the election is your decision and may create tax consequences for you. You are advised to consult your tax advisor if you are unsure whether or not to make the election.

8

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

TREX COMPANY, INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

PERFORMANCE-BASED SHARES

Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants shares of its common stock, $.01 par value (“Shares”), to the Grantee named below, subject to the vesting conditions set forth in the attachment. Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

Grant Date:                         

Name of Grantee:                         

Target Number of Shares Covered by Grant:                         

Maximum Number of Shares of Stock Covered by Grant:                         

Purchase Price per Share of Stock: $.01

Vesting Schedule:

Vesting Date	Target # of Shares	Maximum # of Shares
2015
2016
2017

The actual vesting date each year shall be the date of the first regularly scheduled Compensation Committee meeting held in that year.

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

Grantee:
	(Signature)
Company:
	Ronald W. Kaplan
	President and Chief Executive Officer

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

1

TREX COMPANY, INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

PERFORMANCE-BASED SHARES

Restricted Stock/ Nontransferability	This grant is an award of up to the maximum number of Shares set forth on the cover sheet, at the purchase price set forth on the cover sheet, and subject to the vesting conditions described herein (the “Restricted Stock”). To the extent not yet vested, your Restricted Stock may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Restricted Stock be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.
Issuance and Vesting	The Company will issue your Restricted Stock in your name as of the Grant Date. The actual number of Shares that will vest each year, if any, will be determined based on the Company’s attainment of the performance goals set forth on Schedule A for the time periods indicated; provided that you continue to provide services to the Company or a Subsidiary as an employee or a Service Provider (“Services”) on each such vesting date. Each year, on the vesting date referred to on the cover sheet, the actual performance multiple, as referred to on the attached Schedule A, shall be applied to the Target # of Shares set forth on the cover sheet to determine the actual number of Shares that shall vest (which in no event shall be more than the Maximum Number of Shares set forth on the cover sheet), with any fractional Shares being rounded to the nearest whole number. Upon the vesting of the Shares hereunder, the Company will issue you a share certificate for such shares, free of the legend set forth on page 6 hereof. The Purchase Price for the Shares shall be deemed to be paid at that time by your services to the Company.
Early Vesting	Upon the termination of your Services, other than by reason of your death, permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Retirement, or termination by the Company without “Cause” or at your election with “Good Reason,” any Restricted Stock that has not vested hereunder shall immediately be deemed forfeited. In the event of the termination of your Services because of your death, permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), or Retirement, or termination by the Company without “Cause” or at your election with “Good Reason”, any Restricted Stock that has not vested hereunder shall immediately become fully vested. “Cause” means one of the following reasons for which your employment with the Company is terminated: (1) Your willful or grossly negligent misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company; (2) Your embezzlement or misappropriation of funds or property of the Company; (3) Your conviction of a felony or the entrance of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony; (4) Your conviction of any crime involving fraud, dishonesty, moral turpitude or breach of trust or the entrance of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to such a crime; or (5) Your willful failure or refusal by you to devote your full business time (other than on account of disability or approved leave) and attention to the performance of your duties and responsibilities if such breach has not been cured within 15 days after written notice thereof is given to you by the Board of Directors. “Good Reason” shall exist upon: (1) a material and adverse change in your status or position(s) as an officer or management employee of the Company, including, without limitation, any adverse change in your status or position as an employee of the Company as a result of a material diminution in your duties or responsibilities (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Company is no longer publicly owned) or the assignment to you of any duties or responsibilities which

2

are materially inconsistent with such status or position(s) (other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is cured promptly upon your giving notice), or any removal of you from or any failure to reappoint or reelect you to such position(s) (except in connection with your termination other than for Good Reason); (2) a 10% or greater reduction in your aggregate base salary and targeted bonus, other than any such reduction proportionately consistent with a general reduction of pay across the executive staff as a group, as an economic or strategic measure due to poor financial performance by the Company; (3) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any employee benefit plan (excluding any equity compensation plan) in which you are participating (or plans providing you with similar benefits that are not materially reduced in the aggregate) other than as a result of the normal expiration of any such plan in accordance with its terms; or the taking of any action, or the failure to act, by the Company or any successor which would adversely affect your continued participation in any of such plans on at least as favorable a basis to you or which would materially reduce your benefits under any of such plans; (4) Company’s requiring you to be based at an office that is both more than 50 miles from where your office is located and further from your then current residence; or (5) a material breach by the Company of any agreement with you; provided, however, that if any of the conditions exists, you must provide notice to the Company no more than ninety (90) calendar days following the initial existence of the condition and your intention to terminate your employment for Good Reason. Upon such notice, the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar days during which it may remedy the condition. In the event of a Change in Control, any Restricted Stock that has not vested hereunder shall immediately become fully vested. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Change in Control Severance Agreement between you and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision herein to the contrary, Restricted Stock shall also vest according to the terms and conditions, if so provided, in any separate agreement between you and the Company, including but not limited to any Employment Agreement, Severance Agreement or Change in Control Severance Agreement. In the event Restricted Stock vests early (under any circumstance), it shall vest at the “Target” amount (and not the “Maximum” amount) (regardless of the amount of the relevant performance period that precedes such event or the level of performance to date).

Escrow

The certificates for the Restricted Stock shall be deposited in escrow with the Secretary of the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. In the alternative, the Company may use the book-entry method of share recordation to indicate your share ownership and the restrictions imposed by this Agreement. If share certificates are issued, each deposited certificate shall be accompanied by a duly executed Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The deposited certificates shall remain in escrow until such time or times as the certificates are to be released or otherwise surrendered for cancellation as discussed below. Upon delivery of the certificates to the Company, you shall be issued an instrument of deposit acknowledging the number of Shares delivered in escrow to the Secretary of the Company. All regular cash dividends on the Restricted Stock (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to you and shall not be held in escrow. However, in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other change affecting the Shares as a class effected without receipt of consideration, or in the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be immediately delivered to the Secretary of the Company to be held in escrow hereunder, but only to the extent the Restricted Stock is at the time subject to the escrow requirements hereof.

3

	As your interest in the Restricted Stock vests as described above, the certificates for such vested Shares shall be released from escrow and delivered to you, at your request.
Withholding Taxes	You agree, as a condition of this grant, that you will make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the vesting of Shares acquired under this grant. In the event that the Company determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the vesting of shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, withhold Shares that would otherwise have been issued to you under this Agreement or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or any Affiliate.
Section 83(b) Election	Under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the difference between the purchase price paid for the Shares and their fair market value on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse will be reportable as ordinary income at that time. You may elect to be taxed at the time the Restricted Stock is acquired rather than when such Restricted Stock ceases to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date. You will have to make a tax payment to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair market value of the shares on the Grant Date. No tax payment will have to be made to the extent the purchase price is at least equal to the fair market value of the Shares on the Grant Date. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B hereto. Failure to make this filing within the thirty (30) day period will result in the recognition of ordinary income by you (in the event the fair market value of the Shares increases after the date of purchase) as the forfeiture restrictions lapse. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS YOUR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF. YOU ARE RELYING SOLELY ON YOUR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT TO FILE ANY 83(b) ELECTION.
Retention Rights	This Agreement does not give you the right to be retained by the Company in any capacity. The Company reserves the right to terminate your service with the Company at any time and for any reason.
Shareholder Rights	You shall have the right to vote the Restricted Stock and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to receive any dividends declared or paid on such stock. Any distributions you receive as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or other similar transaction shall be deemed to be a part of the Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto. The Company may in its sole discretion require any dividends paid on the Restricted Stock to be reinvested in Shares, which the Company may in its sole discretion deem to be a part of the shares of Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto. Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued.
Adjustments	In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Shares, the number of Shares covered by this grant shall be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

4

Legends	All certificates representing the Restricted Stock issued in connection with this grant shall, where applicable, and if issued prior to vesting, have endorsed thereon the following legend: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR THE HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”
Applicable Law	This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
The Plan	The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this grant of Restricted Stock. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded.
Consent to Electronic Delivery	The Company may choose to deliver certain statutory materials relating to the Plan in electronic form. By accepting this grant you agree that the Company may deliver the Plan prospectus and the Company’s annual report to you in an electronic format. If at any time you would prefer to receive paper copies of these documents, as you are entitled to receive, the Company would be pleased to provide copies. Please contact Corporate Human Resources to request paper copies of these documents.

By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

5

EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),                         (                         ) shares of common stock of the Company represented by Certificate No.                          herewith and does hereby irrevocable constitute and appoint                          Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                         , 20        

Print Name

Signature

Spouse Consent (if applicable)

                          (Purchaser’s spouse) indicates by the execution of this Assignment his or her consent to be bound by the terms herein as to his or her interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the shares of common stock of the Company.

Signature

INSTRUCTIONS: PLEASE DO NOT FILL IN ANY BLANKS OTHER THAN THE SIGNATURE LINE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IS TO ENABLE THE COMPANY TO EXERCISE ITS “REPURCHASE OPTION” SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT WITHOUT REQUIRING ADDITIONAL SIGNATURES ON THE PART OF PURCHASER.

6

EXHIBIT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

Name:                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                             

Social Security No. :                                                                                                                      

2. Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

                         shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

3. The date on which the property was transferred is                              , 20    .

4. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 20    .

5. Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

The shares of stock are subject to the provisions of a Restricted Stock Agreement between the undersigned and the Company. The shares of stock are subject to forfeiture under the terms of the Agreement.

6. The fair market value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restriction) was $             per share, for a total of $            .

7. The amount paid by taxpayer for the property was $            .

8. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

Dated:                     , 20    

Taxpayer’s Signature

Taxpayer’s Printed Name

7

PROCEDURES FOR MAKING ELECTION

UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

The following procedures must be followed with respect to the attached form for making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) in order for the election to be effective:²

1. You must file one copy of the completed election form with the IRS Service Center where you file your federal income tax returns within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date of your Restricted Stock.

2. At the same time you file the election form with the IRS, you must also give a copy of the election form to the Secretary of the Company.

3. You must file another copy of the election form with your federal income tax return (generally, Form 1040) for the taxable year in which the stock is transferred to you.

²  Whether or not to make the election is your decision and may create tax consequences for you. You are advised to consult your tax advisor if you are unsure whether or not to make the election.

8

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of Trex Company, Inc.

Name of the Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation
Trex Wood Polymer Espana, S.L.	Spain

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

• Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-76847),

• Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-83998),

• Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-124685),

• Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-150690), and

• Registration Statement (Form S-3, No. 333-161732);

of our reports dated February 24, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Trex Company, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Trex Company, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Trex Company, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Richmond, Virginia

February 24, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Ronald W. Kaplan, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trex Company, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2014	/s/    RONALD W. KAPLAN
	Ronald W. Kaplan
	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, James E. Cline, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trex Company, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function(s)):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2014	/s/    JAMES E. CLINE
	James E. Cline
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

The undersigned, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Trex Company, Inc. (the “Company”), each hereby certifies that, on the date hereof:

(a) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the Period Ended December 31, 2013 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(b) information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 24, 2014	/s/    RONALD W. KAPLAN
	Ronald W. Kaplan
	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 24, 2014	/s/    JAMES E. CLINE
	James E. Cline
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

XML

Accrued Expenses - Summary of Accrued Expenses (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Accrued Liabilities Current [Abstract]
Accrued compensation and benefits	$ 9,135	$ 10,080
Accrued sales and marketing costs	5,269	3,402
Accrued legal contingency	3,174
Accrued rent obligations	1,787	1,103
Accrued manufacturing expenses	1,107	1,350
Other	2,823	2,883
Total accrued expenses	$ 23,295	$ 18,818

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses	$ 483	$ 9,962
Warranty reserve	16,085	11,406
Stock-based compensation	2,383	2,654
Accruals not currently deductible and other	6,210	8,193
Inventories	3,843	5,008
State tax credit carryforwards	3,714	4,105
Gross deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance	32,718	41,328
Valuation allowance	(4,201)	(24,131)
Gross deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance	28,517	17,197
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and other	(19,380)	(20,758)
Gross deferred tax liabilities	(19,380)	(20,758)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$ 9,137	$ (3,561)

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Restricted Stock Activity Under 2005 Plan (Detail) (Restricted Stock [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Restricted Stock [Member]
Schedule Of Restricted Stock Activity [Line Items]
Nonvested, Restricted Stock, Beginning Balance	214,685	160,175	244,436
Restricted Stock, Granted	47,015	156,927	67,945
Restricted Stock, Vested	(69,797)	(94,705)	(151,706)
Restricted Stock, Forfeited	(416)	(7,712)	(500)
Nonvested, Restricted Stock, Ending Balance	191,487	214,685	160,175
Nonvested, Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share, Beginning Balance	$ 24.16	$ 22.99	$ 13.65
Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share, Granted	$ 44.42	$ 27.18	$ 25.86
Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share, Vested	$ 44.55	$ 26.88	$ 27.06
Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share, Forfeited	$ 32.32	$ 25.47	$ 17.41
Nonvested, Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share, Ending Balance	$ 27.56	$ 24.16	$ 22.99

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended					9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013 Exit Full Valuation Allowance [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Federal Tax Jurisdiction [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member] Federal Tax Jurisdiction [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member] Federal Tax Jurisdiction [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member] State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member] Michigan [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Maximum [Member] Federal Tax Jurisdiction [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Maximum [Member] State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member] Michigan [Member]
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Reduction of valuation allowance		$ 19,900,000
Valuation allowance	4,201,000	4,201,000	24,131,000
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	10,900,000	(10,549,000)	1,009,000	(2,605,000)	10,900,000
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation		1,466,000
Excess tax benefits related to exercised stock-based awards not included in deferred tax assets	10,300,000	10,300,000
Net operating losses						$ 18,200,000
Net operating Loss Expiration								Jan. 01, 2028
Tax examination year							2010		2008		2013	2013
Tax examination year under examination										2008			2011

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Option Activity (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]
Outstanding Options, Beginning Balance	120,638	145,069	222,446
Options Granted
Options Exercised	(93,484)	(23,189)	(57,027)
Options Canceled	(6,010)	(1,242)	(20,350)
Outstanding Options, Ending Balance	21,144	120,638	145,069
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Outstanding, Beginning Balance	$ 40.37	$ 38.08	$ 33.20
Options Vested	21,144
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Granted
Options Exercisable	21,144
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Exercised	$ 49.83	$ 31.35	$ 27.94
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Canceled	$ 36.31	$ 20.00	$ 31.71
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Outstanding, Ending Balance	$ 40.09	$ 40.37	$ 38.08
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Vested	$ 40.09
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Exercisable	$ 40.09
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, Outstanding	1 year
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, Vested	1 year
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, Exercisable	1 year
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Outstanding	$ 833,948
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Vested	833,948
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Exercisable	$ 833,948

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended									3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer Supplier Institution	Dec. 31, 2012 Customer	Dec. 31, 2011 Customer	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2013 Commercial Use [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Residential Use [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Trex Trim Trex Reveal Railing [Member] Residential and Commercial Use [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Transcend, Enhance, Select and Universal Fascia Product [Member] Commercial Use [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Transcend, Enhance, Select and Universal Fascia Product [Member] Residential Use [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Contract Termination [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Contract Termination [Member] sqft	Dec. 31, 2013 Sublease [Member] sqft	May 02, 2011 Iron Deck Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Iron Deck Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Iron Deck Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Customer One [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Customer One [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Customer One [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Customer Two [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Customer Concentration Risk [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Credit Concentration Risk [Member] Customer One [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Credit Concentration Risk [Member] Customer Two [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Credit Concentration Risk [Member] Customer Three [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Supplier Concentration Risk [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Supplier Concentration Risk [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Supplier Concentration Risk [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Holding company's interest in Denplax	35.00%
Charge to earning to fully reserve the equity investment and note				$ 2,400,000
Cash paid for acquisition													2,000,000
Goodwill	10,500,000												3,700,000
Reduction in provision for future contingent payments														200,000	1,400,000
Maximum term of original maturities to classify as cash equivalent	3 months
Number of financial institutions where deposits are maintained	1
Concentration risk as percentage of total																28.00%	26.00%	24.00%	10.00%	10.00%	10.00%	10.00%	29.00%	15.00%	12.00%	44.00%	40.00%	33.00%
Number of customers that accounted for 10% or more of net sales	1	2	1
Number of customer accounted for 10% or more account receivable	3
Number of largest raw material suppliers	4
Excess of the replacement cost of inventory over the LIFO value of inventory	24,497,000	23,719,000
Expiration date of reconsidered corporate headquarters lease											Jun. 30, 2019
Lease square feet											55,047	41,701
Charge recorded due to revised estimate of sublease receipts	1,144,000	727,000								1,100,000
Annual impairment test of goodwill	0	0	0
Warranty period					10 years	25 years	25 years	10 years	25 years
Research and Development costs	2,900,000	2,900,000	2,500,000
Prepaid expenses for production costs of advertising	500,000	600,000
Branding Expenses	$ 20,900,000	$ 20,500,000	$ 19,400,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 03, 2013 Lawsuits	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Letter	Dec. 31, 2012
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Number of lawsuits settled	2
Capped cost to Trex, excluding attorneys' fees, upon final approval of the settlement by the Court				$ 8,250,000
Capped attorneys' fees to be paid to Plaintiffs' counsel upon final approval of the settlement by the Court				1,450,000
Liability related to mold growth litigation				3,174,000
Expected total net cost to resolve the lawsuit will not exceed				10,000,000
Average period for PE material purchases under short-term supply contracts for which pricing is negotiated as needed				2 years
Charge recorded due to revised estimate of sublease receipts				1,144,000	727,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2014				6,803,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2015				6,289,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2016				5,362,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2017				5,343,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2018				5,277,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation, thereafter				15,198,000
Increase in warranty reserve		20,000,000	20,000,000	20,000,000	21,487,000
Letters sent to homeowners				10,000
Percentage change in warranty claims used as a threshold for disclosure				10.00%
Change in warranty reserve for disclosure purposes only				4,100,000
Raw Material Supply Contracts [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Purchase commitment				19,200,000
Purchase commitment, due in second year				8,600,000
Purchase commitment, due in third year				1,500,000
Purchase commitment, due in fourth year				49,000
Third Party Manufacturing Contracts [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Purchase commitment				4,400,000
Purchase commitment, due in second year				1,900,000
Residential Use [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Warranty period				25 years
Commercial Use [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Warranty period				10 years
Transcend, Enhance, Select and Universal Fascia Product [Member] | Residential Use [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Warranty period				25 years
Transcend, Enhance, Select and Universal Fascia Product [Member] | Commercial Use [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Warranty period				10 years
TrexTrim and Trex Reveal Railing [Member] | Commercial and Residential Use [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Warranty period				25 years
Contract Termination [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Expiration date of reconsidered corporate headquarters lease				Jun. 30, 2019
Lease square feet				55,047
Charge recorded due to revised estimate of sublease receipts		1,100,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2014				1,700,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2015				1,700,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2016				1,800,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2017				1,800,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation for 2018				1,800,000
Minimum payments remaining under the Company's lease relating to its reconsidered corporate relocation, thereafter				900,000
Minimum receipts remaining under the Company's existing subleases for 2014				1,300,000
Minimum receipts remaining under the Company's existing subleases for 2015				800,000
Minimum receipts remaining under the Company's existing subleases for 2016				700,000
Minimum receipts remaining under the Company's existing subleases for 2017				700,000
Minimum receipts remaining under the Company's existing subleases for 2018				700,000
Minimum receipts remaining under the Company's existing subleases, thereafter				$ 400,000
Sublease [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Lease square feet				41,701

XML

Accrued Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Summary of Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

	2013		2012
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	9,135	$	10,080
Accrued sales and marketing costs		5,269		3,402
Accrued legal contingency		3,174		—
Accrued rent obligations		1,787		1,103
Accrued manufacturing expenses		1,107		1,350
Other		2,823		2,883
Total accrued expenses	$	23,295	$	18,818

XML

Leases - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Leases [Abstract]
Recognized rental expenses	$ 6.5	$ 7.5	$ 8.0

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Restricted Stock and Stock Options [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share	59,298	117,322	323,562
Stock Appreciation Rights [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share	36,577	121,206	1,195,462

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment - Summary of Property, Plant and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 277,730	$ 301,250
Accumulated depreciation	(176,947)	(196,825)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	100,783	104,425
Building and Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	48,774	57,435
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	195,873	218,359
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	2,062	1,999
Forklifts and Tractors [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	6,191	5,373
Computer Equipment and Software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	8,353	7,371
Construction in Process [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	7,619	1,855
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 8,858	$ 8,858

XML

Income Taxes - Income Tax Provision (benefit) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current income tax provision (benefit):
Federal		$ 1,745	$ 303	$ (2,738)
State		404	88	(32)
Total		2,149	391	(2,770)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit):
Federal		(11,182)	510	164
State		(1,516)	108	1
Total		(12,698)	618	165
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$ 10,900	$ (10,549)	$ 1,009	$ (2,605)

XML

Interim Financial Data (Unaudited) - Summary of Interim Financial Data (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]
Increase in warranty reserve		$ 20,000	$ 20,000	$ 20,000	$ 21,487
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$ 10,900			$ (10,549)	$ 1,009	$ (2,605)

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - SAR Activity (Detail) (Stock Appreciation Rights [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock Appreciation Rights [Member]
Schedule Of Stock Appreciation Rights Activity [Line Items]
SARs Outstanding, Beginning Balance	687,190	1,162,705	1,246,495
Granted, SARs	60,588	100,914	96,765
Exercised, SARs	(374,667)	(567,953)	(180,555)
Canceled, SARs	(3,514)	(8,476)
Shares Outstanding, SARs, Ending Balance	369,597	687,190	1,162,705
Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share, Beginning Balance	$ 18.56	$ 13.17	$ 13.70
Vested, SARs	230,604
Granted, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share	$ 43.89	$ 25.75	$ 25.76
Exercisable, SARs	230,604
Exercised, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share	$ 15.39	$ 13.08	$ 28.34
Canceled, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share	$ 26.20	$ 24.15
Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share, Ending Balance	$ 25.85	$ 18.56	$ 13.17
Vested, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share	$ 21.37
Exercisable, Weighted Average Grant Price Per Share	$ 21.37
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, Outstanding	6 years 10 months 24 days
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, Vested	6 years
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, Exercisable	6 years
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Outstanding	$ 2,547,706
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Vested	1,386,104
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Exercisable	$ 1,386,104

XML

Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventories

3. INVENTORIES

Inventories (at LIFO value) consist of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Finished goods	$	30,423		$	23,172
Raw materials		16,502			18,068
Total FIFO inventories		46,925			41,240
Reserve to adjust inventories to LIFO value		(24,497	)		(23,719	)
Total LIFO inventories	$	22,428		$	17,521

Inventory is stated at the lower of LIFO cost or net realizable value. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow moving or obsolete items and writes down the related products to estimated net realizable value.

Under the LIFO method, reductions in inventory cause a portion of the Company’s cost of sales to be based on historical costs rather than current year costs. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized a $4.5 million benefit due to a reduction in inventory. No such inventory reduction occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011.

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 7	$ 292	$ 335
Additions (Reductions) Charged to Cost and Expenses	(3)	(362)	23
Other
Deductions	(4)	77	(66)
Balance at End of Period		7	292
Warranty Reserves [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	28,987	16,345	14,472
Additions (Reductions) Charged to Cost and Expenses	20,000	21,487	9,976
Other
Deductions	(8,175)	(8,845)	(8,103)
Balance at End of Period	40,812	28,987	16,345
Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	24,131	24,199	21,090
Additions (Reductions) Charged to Cost and Expenses		(68)	3,109
Other
Deductions	(19,930)
Balance at End of Period	$ 4,201	$ 24,131	$ 24,199

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended		3 Months Ended	0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Feb. 19, 2014 Subsequent Event [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Common Stock [Member]	Feb. 19, 2014 Common Stock [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]	Aug. 01, 2013 August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program [Member]	Oct. 24, 2013 October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program [Member]
Equity, Class of Treasury Stock [Line Items]
Stock repurchase authorized amount			$ 50,000,000			$ 25,000,000		$ 30,000,000
Number of shares repurchased by the Company				(561,255)			561,255	0
Value of shares repurchased by the Company	$ 25,000,000						$ 25,000,000
Average price per share of shares repurchased by the Company							$ 44.54
Expiration date of authorized additional common stock repurchase program								Feb. 10, 2014
Common Stock par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Stock split ratio					two-for-one stock split

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax Provision (benefit)

Income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Current income tax provision (benefit):
Federal	$	1,745		$	303	$	(2,738	)
State		404			88		(32	)
		2,149			391		(2,770	)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit):
Federal		(11,182	)		510		164
State		(1,516	)		108		1
		(12,698	)		618		165
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$	(10,549	)	$	1,009	$	(2,605	)

Reconciliation of Differences between Income Tax Provision (benefit) and Income Tax Determined by Applying US Federal Statutory Rate

The income tax provision (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to income before taxes as a result of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
U.S. federal statutory taxes	$	8,417		$	1,305		$	(4,826	)
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit		1,061			(418	)		(650	)
Permanent items		225			198			96
Federal credits		(566	)		(54	)		(59	)
Other		244			46			(275	)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(19,930	)		(68	)		3,109
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$	(10,549	)	$	1,009		$	(2,605	)

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses	$	483		$	9,962
Warranty reserve		16,085			11,406
Stock-based compensation		2,383			2,654
Accruals not currently deductible and other		6,210			8,193
Inventories		3,843			5,008
State tax credit carryforwards		3,714			4,105
Gross deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance		32,718			41,328
Valuation allowance		(4,201	)		(24,131	)
Gross deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance		28,517			17,197
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and other		(19,380	)		(20,758	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(19,380	)		(20,758	)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	9,137		$	(3,561	)

Changes in Unrecognized Tax Benefits

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has effectively eliminated all unrecognized tax benefits. The following table illustrates changes to recorded unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1	$	—	$	60		$	3,126
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions		—		—			1
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		—		(36	)		(2,760	)
Settlements		—		(22	)		(245	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		—		(2	)		(62	)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31	$	—	$	—		$	60

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Leases [Abstract]

Minimum Annual Payments Under Non-Cancelable Leases

Minimum annual payments under these non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2014	$	6,803
2015		6,289
2016		5,362
2017		5,343
2018		5,277
Thereafter		15,198
Total minimum lease payments	$	44,272

XML

Income Taxes - Changes in Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Reconciliation Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Excluding Amounts Pertaining To Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1		$ 60	$ 3,126
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions			1
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		(36)	(2,760)
Settlements		(22)	(245)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(2)	(62)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31			$ 60

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Plans	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of stock based compensation plan	1
Stock compensation expense	$ 3,811,000	$ 3,469,000	$ 3,146,000
Stock Appreciation Rights [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Maximum contractual term of Stock Appreciation Rights	10 years
Unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards	1,500,000
Recognized period for of cost of unvested awards	1 year 8 months 12 days
Weighted-average fair value of grants	$ 43.89	$ 25.75	$ 25.76
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock compensation expense	2,500,000	2,000,000	1,600,000
Unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards	3,600,000
Recognized period for of cost of unvested awards	1 year 10 months 24 days
Restricted Stock, Granted	47,015	156,927	67,945
Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share, Granted	$ 44.42	$ 27.18	$ 25.86
Total fair value of restricted shares vested	3,100,000	2,500,000	4,100,000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued	300,000
Stock compensation expense	98,700	65,300	86,300
Percentage of market price on lesser of either first day of calendar quarter or last day of calendar quarter for purchase price	85.00%
Approximate number of shares employees purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan	200,000
Percentage of gross compensation eligible employees may elect to participate in the plan	15.00%
2005 Stock Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued	3,150,000
Stock compensation expense	$ 3,800,000	$ 3,500,000	$ 3,100,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Liability Related to Lease

The following table provides information about the Company’s liability under the lease (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1,	$	1,103		$	452
Net rental receipts (payments)		(558	)		(115	)
Accretion of discount		98			39
Increase in net estimated contract termination costs		1,144			727
Balance as of December 31,	$	1,787		$	1,103

Summary of Reconciliation of Company's Warranty Reserve

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s warranty reserve (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Beginning balance, January 1	$	28,987		$	16,345
Changes in estimates related to pre-existing warranties		20,000			21,487
Settlements made during the period		(8,175	)		(8,845	)
Ending balance, December 31	$	40,812		$	28,987

XML

Interim Financial Data (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Interim Financial Data

	Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2013 (a)		September 30, 2013 (b)			June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012			September 30, 2012 (c)			June 30, 2012		March 31, 2012
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales		63,831		72,249			98,551		107,880		46,155			70,819			94,279		96,100
Gross profit		19,685		151			36,922		41,860		13,426			2,146			33,590		35,419
Net income (loss)		15,103		(15,298	)		13,224		21,569		(3,619	)		(14,312	)		8,339		12,311
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.91	$	(0.91	)	$	0.78	$	1.28	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.86	)	$	0.54	$	0.80
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.90	$	(0.91	)	$	0.76	$	1.25	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.86	)	$	0.48	$	0.74

The Company’s net sales, gross profit and income from operations have historically varied from quarter to quarter. Such variations are often attributable to seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. The Company has historically experienced lower net sales during the fourth quarter because holidays and adverse weather conditions in certain regions reduce the level of home improvement and construction activity.

(a) Three months ended December 31, 2013 was materially affected by a $10.9 million benefit as a direct result of the Company’s decision to exit a full valuation allowance.

(b) Three months ended September 30, 2013 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve.

(c) Three months ended September 30, 2012 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Trex Wood-Polymer Espana, S.L. (“TWPE”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

TWPE was formed to hold the Company’s 35% equity interest in Denplax, S.A. (“Denplax”), a joint venture with a Spanish Company responsible for public environmental programs in southern Spain and with an Italian equipment manufacturer. The joint venture was formed to recycle polyethylene at a facility in El Ejido, Spain. The Company’s investment in Denplax is accounted for using the equity method. During 2010, the Company determined that its investment in Denplax and a related note receivable were no longer recoverable and recorded a $2.4 million charge to earnings to fully reserve the equity investment and note. Both the equity investment and note remain fully reserved as of December 31, 2013.

Iron Deck Acquisition

On May 2, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Iron Deck Corporation, a manufacturer of steel deck framing systems located in Denver, Colorado, for approximately $2 million in cash plus the assumption of certain liabilities. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded an increase of $3.7 million to Goodwill. No other material tangible or intangible assets were identified. The provisions of the purchase agreement allow for future payments contingent upon certain future sales targets. The contingent payments were estimated as purchase consideration at the acquisition date and may be revised if actual sales differ from projected sales. As a result of decreased near-term sales projections of steel deck framing systems, the Company reduced its provision for future contingent payments and recorded a $0.2 million and $1.4 million benefit to selling, general and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less.

Concentrations and Credit Risk

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company from time to time may have bank deposits in excess of insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As of December 31, 2013, substantially all deposits are maintained in one financial institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash and cash equivalents.

The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and believes that its trade receivables credit risk exposure is limited. Trade receivables are carried at the original invoice amount less an estimate made for payment discounts and doubtful accounts. A valuation allowance is provided for known and anticipated credit losses and disputed amounts, as determined by management in the course of regularly evaluating individual customer receivables. This evaluation takes into consideration a customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions.

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, sales to certain customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer of the Company represented approximately 28% of the Company’s net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2012, two customers of the Company represented approximately 26% and 10% of the Company’s net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer of the Company represented approximately 24% of the Company’s net sales. As of December 31, 2013, three customers represented 29%, 15%, and 12%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable balance.

Approximately 44%, 40%, and 33% of the Company’s raw materials purchases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were purchased from its four largest suppliers.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (last-in, first-out, or “LIFO” method) or market value. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow moving or obsolete items and writes down the related products to estimated realizable value. The Company has not established significant reserves for estimated slow moving products or obsolescence. At December 31, 2013, the excess of the replacement cost of inventory over the LIFO value of inventory was approximately $24.5 million. Due to the nature of the LIFO valuation methodology, liquidations of inventories will result in a portion of the Company’s cost of sales being based on historical rather than current year costs.

The majority of the Company’s products are made in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene. The Company grinds up scrap materials generated from its manufacturing process and inventories deemed no longer salable and reintroduces the “reclaimed” material into the manufacturing process as a substitute for raw materials. The reclaimed material is valued at the costs of the raw material components of the material.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Machinery and equipment	5-11 years
Furniture and equipment	10 years
Forklifts and tractors	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3-5 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. To determine the recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future estimated undiscounted net cash flows will be less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets. If the estimated cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to their fair value. The Company’s estimates of anticipated cash flows and the remaining estimated useful lives of long-lived assets could be reduced in the future. As a result, the carrying amount of long-lived assets could be reduced in the future.

Contract Termination Costs

In anticipation of relocating its corporate headquarters, the Company entered into a lease agreement in 2005. The Company reconsidered and decided not to move its headquarters. The lease obligates the Company to lease 55,047 square feet of office space through June 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has executed subleases for 41,701 square feet of the leased space and is currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. The Company estimates that the present value of the estimated future sublease receipts, net of transaction costs, will be less than the Company’s remaining minimum lease payment obligations under its lease and has recorded a liability for the expected shortfall. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, a subtenant defaulted on its sublease payments. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of sublease receipts and recorded a $1.1 million charge to selling, general and administrative expenses to increase its liability.

To estimate future sublease receipts for the periods beyond the term of the existing subleases, we have assumed that the existing subleases will be renewed or new subleases will be executed at rates consistent with rental rates in the current subleases or estimated market rates. However, management cannot be certain that the timing of future subleases or the rental rates contained in future subleases will not differ from current estimates. Factors such as the availability of commercial office space, poor economic conditions and subtenant preferences will influence the terms achieved in future subleases. The inability to sublet the office space in the future or unfavorable changes to key management assumptions used in the estimate of the future sublease receipts may result in material charges to selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over net assets acquired resulting from the Company’s 1996 purchase of the Mobil Composite Products Division and the 2011 purchase of the assets of the Iron Deck Corporation. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change in the interim that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying amount. Goodwill is considered to be impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the Company first compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and step two of the impairment analysis is performed. In step two of the analysis, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value should such a circumstance arise.

The Company measures fair value of the reporting unit based on a present value of future discounted cash flows and a market valuation approach. The discounted cash flows model indicates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of the cash flows that the reporting unit is expected to generate in the future. Significant estimates in the discounted cash flows model include: the weighted average cost of capital; long-term rate of growth and profitability of the business; and working capital effects. The market valuation approach indicates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the Company against certain market information. Significant estimates in the market approach model include identifying appropriate market multiples and assessing earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill and noted no impairment. The Company performs the annual impairment testing of its goodwill as of October 31 of each year. However, actual results could differ from the Company’s estimates and projections, which would affect the assessment of impairment. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had goodwill of $10.5 million that is subject to at least annual review of impairment.

Product Warranty

The Company warrants that its products will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials. This warranty generally extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. (With respect to TrexTrim™ and Trex Reveal^® Railing, the warranty period is 25 years for both residential and commercial use.) With respect to the Company’s Transcend^®, Enhance^®, Select^® and Universal Fascia product, the Company further warrants that the product will not fade in color more than a certain amount and will be resistant to permanent staining from food substances or mold (provided the stain is cleaned within seven days of appearance). This warranty extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. If there is a breach of such warranties, the Company has an obligation either to replace the defective product or refund the purchase price. The Company establishes warranty reserves to provide for estimated future expenses as a result of product defects that result in claims. Reserve estimates are based on management’s judgment, considering such factors as cost per claim, historical experience, anticipated rates of claims, and other available information. Management reviews and adjusts these estimates, if necessary, on a quarterly basis based on the differences between actual experience and historical estimates.

Treasury Stock

The Company records the repurchase of shares of its common stock at cost. These shares are considered treasury stock, which is a reduction to stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is included in authorized and issued shares but excluded from outstanding shares.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when title is transferred to customers, which is generally upon shipment of the product to the customer. The Company does not grant contractual product return rights to customers other than pursuant to its product warranty. The Company does not expect future product returns to be material and, consequently, does not maintain an allowance for product returns.

The Company records all shipping and handling fees in sales and records all of the related costs in cost of sales. The Company offers sales incentive programs to dealers and distributors, including rebates, pricing discounts, favorable payment terms and cooperative advertising, many of which result in cash consideration made to dealers and distributors. The Company accounts for consideration made pursuant to these programs in accordance with accounting guidance that governs consideration given by a vendor to a customer. With the exception of cooperative advertising, the Company classifies sales incentives as a reduction in revenue in “Net sales.” Sales incentives are recorded in the period in which they are earned by customers. The Company’s cooperative advertising program meets the requirements for exclusion from net sales and the costs are recorded as expenses in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Cooperative advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures share-based compensation at the grant date of the award based on the fair value, and is recognized on a straight line basis as expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the vesting periods of the award, net of an estimated forfeiture rate.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a full valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets. The Company’s assessment gave significant weight to the negative evidence of its cumulative loss history in the three years ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it more likely than not will realize most of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, reversed a significant portion of its valuation allowance. The analysis performed to assess the need for a valuation allowance included an evaluation of all available positive and negative evidence and the four possible sources of taxable income as identified in ASC 740, including the consideration of the positive evidence of its cumulative income history in the three years ended December 31, 2013.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, research and development costs were $2.9 million, $2.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and have been included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses its branding and advertising communication costs as incurred. Significant production costs are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related advertisement is first used. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, were included in prepaid expenses for production costs.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, branding expenses, including advertising expenses as described above, were $20.9 million, $20.5 million and $19.4 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and net unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts. Amounts related to interest rate swap contracts that were previously included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” and reclassified to “Interest expense, net” were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2011. Comprehensive income consisted solely of net income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

XML

Business and Organization - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Segment
Business And Organization [Abstract]
Number of operating segments of business	1

XML

Debt - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended										3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jan. 06, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Revolver Loans [Member]	Jan. 06, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Letter of Credit Facility Sublimit [Member]	Jan. 06, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Swing Advance Loan Sublimit [Member]	Jan. 06, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Revolving Loan Limit [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Revolver Loans First Amendment [Member]	Feb. 26, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Revolver Loans First Amendment [Member]	Dec. 17, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Revolver Loans Second Amendment Portion Effective One January Two Zero One Four [Member]	Dec. 17, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Revolver Loans Second Amendment Portion Effective Thirty June Two Zero One Four [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Company Indebtedness	$ 0
Interest rate on the revolving credit facility		1.90%
Revolving loans in a collective maximum principal amount			100	15	5	100	100	125	125	100
Additional available borrowing capacity		71.9
Outstanding borrowings under the revolver loans		0
Credit facility covenant terms	(a) Minimum Consolidated Net Worth. The Company agreed that it will maintain Consolidated Net Worth, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011, of not less than $85 million. (b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Company agreed that it will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.15 to 1.0, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011. (c) Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio. The Company agreed that it will not permit the Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.0 measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter (and in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four-quarter period ending on such date) after the date on which the Senior Subordinated Notes have been redeemed in full.
Minimum tangible net worth as per credit agreement		$ 85
Fixed charge coverage ratio as per credit agreement											1.15
Consolidated debt to earnings before interest taxes depreciation amortization ratio as per the credit agreement												3.5

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Differences between Income Tax Provision (Benefit) and Income Tax Determined by Applying US Federal Statutory Rate (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Tax Expense Benefit Continuing Operations Income Tax Reconciliation [Abstract]
U.S. federal statutory taxes		$ 8,417	$ 1,305	$ (4,826)
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit		1,061	(418)	(650)
Permanent items		225	198	96
Federal credits		(566)	(54)	(59)
Other		244	46	(275)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(19,930)	(68)	3,109
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$ 10,900	$ (10,549)	$ 1,009	$ (2,605)

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 3,772	$ 2,159
Accounts receivable, net	37,338	26,542
Inventories	22,428	17,521
Prepaid expenses and other assets	2,761	2,188
Income taxes receivable	384	435
Deferred income taxes	9,497	3,792
Total current assets	76,180	52,637
Property, plant and equipment, net	100,783	104,425
Goodwill and other intangibles	10,542	10,550
Other assets	652	1,003
Total Assets	188,157	168,615
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable	14,891	11,161
Accrued expenses	23,295	18,818
Accrued warranty	9,000	7,500
Line of credit		5,000
Total current liabilities	47,186	42,479
Deferred income taxes	360	7,353
Non-current accrued warranty	31,812	21,487
Other long-term liabilities	2,183	3,310
Total Liabilities	81,541	74,629
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 17,299,062 and 17,010,493 shares issued and 16,737,807 and 17,010,493 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	173	170
Additional paid-in capital	101,667	98,638
Retained earnings (deficit)	29,776	(4,822)
Treasury stock, at cost, 561,255 shares	(25,000)
Total Stockholders' Equity	106,616	93,986
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity	$ 188,157	$ 168,615

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Summary of Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value of Each SAR (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Fair Value Assumptions And Methodology [Abstract]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Average risk-free interest rate	0.70%	0.80%	2.00%
Expected term (years)	5 years	5 years	5 years
Volatility	63.70%	65.90%	65.00%

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$ 34,598	$ 2,720	$ (11,588)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	16,255	17,009	18,170
Debt discount amortization		5,450	10,538
Deferred income taxes	(12,698)	618	165
Stock-based compensation	3,811	3,469	3,146
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment	587	1,909	711
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation	(1,466)
Other non-cash adjustments	(337)	(314)	621
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(10,844)	2,660	23,931
Inventories	(4,907)	11,376	125
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(213)	(405)	(19)
Accounts payable	3,731	(731)	(3,215)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	15,173	16,784	(8,385)
Income taxes receivable/payable	1,518	(102)	(353)
Net cash provided by operating activities	45,208	60,443	33,847
Investing Activities
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment	(13,060)	(7,593)	(7,419)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment	176	3	28
Purchase of acquired company, net of cash acquired		(11)	(2,075)
Notes receivable, net	187	117	99
Net cash used in investing activities	(12,697)	(7,484)	(9,367)
Financing Activities
Financing costs	(119)	(750)	(135)
Restricted cash		37,000	(37,000)
Borrowings under line of credit	74,500	93,700
Principal payments under line of credit	(79,500)	(88,700)
Principal payments under mortgages and notes		(91,875)	(2,542)
Repurchases of convertible notes			(5,882)
Repurchases of common stock	(31,277)	(5,522)	(3,092)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase and option plans	4,032	821	1,427
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation	1,466
Net cash used in financing activities	(30,898)	(55,326)	(47,224)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,613	(2,367)	(22,744)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	2,159	4,526	27,270
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	3,772	2,159	4,526
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest	348	5,792	6,349
Cash paid for income taxes, net	$ 672	$ 590	$ 658

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Summary of Reconciliation of Company's Warranty Reserve (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Beginning balance, January 1			$ 28,987	$ 16,345
Changes in estimates related to pre-existing warranties	20,000	20,000	20,000	21,487
Settlements made during the period			(8,175)	(8,845)
Ending balance, December 31			$ 40,812	$ 28,987

XML

Inventories - Summary of Inventories, at LIFO Value (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Inventory Net [Abstract]
Finished goods	$ 30,423	$ 23,172
Raw materials	16,502	18,068
Total FIFO inventories	46,925	41,240
Reserve to adjust inventories to LIFO value	(24,497)	(23,719)
Total LIFO inventories	$ 22,428	$ 17,521

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Estimated Useful Lives of Property Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Machinery and equipment	5-11 years
Furniture and equipment	10 years
Forklifts and tractors	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3-5 years

XML

Inventories - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Benefit recognized under the LIFO method due to reduction in inventory		$ 4.5

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property Plant And Equipment [Abstract]

Summary of Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Building and improvements	$	48,774		$	57,435
Machinery and equipment		195,873			218,359
Furniture and fixtures		2,062			1,999
Forklifts and tractors		6,191			5,373
Computer equipment		8,353			7,371
Construction in process		7,619			1,855
Land		8,858			8,858
		277,730			301,250
Accumulated depreciation		(176,947	)		(196,825	)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,783		$	104,425

XML

Business and Organization

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Business and Organization

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

Trex Company, Inc. (together with its subsidiary, the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on September 4, 1998. The Company manufactures and distributes wood/plastic composite products, as well as related accessories, primarily for residential and commercial decking and railing applications. The majority of its products are manufactured in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene (“PE material”). The Company operates in one business segment.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement Of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	3,000,000	3,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	40,000,000	40,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	17,299,062	17,010,493
Common stock, shares outstanding	16,737,807	17,010,493
Treasury stock, shares	561,255

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

11. INCOME TAXES

Income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Current income tax provision (benefit):
Federal	$	1,745		$	303	$	(2,738	)
State		404			88		(32	)
		2,149			391		(2,770	)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit):
Federal		(11,182	)		510		164
State		(1,516	)		108		1
		(12,698	)		618		165
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$	(10,549	)	$	1,009	$	(2,605	)

The income tax provision (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to income before taxes as a result of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
U.S. federal statutory taxes	$	8,417		$	1,305		$	(4,826	)
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit		1,061			(418	)		(650	)
Permanent items		225			198			96
Federal credits		(566	)		(54	)		(59	)
Other		244			46			(275	)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(19,930	)		(68	)		3,109
Total income tax provision (benefit)	$	(10,549	)	$	1,009		$	(2,605	)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses	$	483		$	9,962
Warranty reserve		16,085			11,406
Stock-based compensation		2,383			2,654
Accruals not currently deductible and other		6,210			8,193
Inventories		3,843			5,008
State tax credit carryforwards		3,714			4,105
Gross deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance		32,718			41,328
Valuation allowance		(4,201	)		(24,131	)
Gross deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance		28,517			17,197
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and other		(19,380	)		(20,758	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(19,380	)		(20,758	)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	9,137		$	(3,561	)

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a full valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets. The Company’s assessment gave significant weight to the negative evidence of its cumulative loss history in the three years ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it more likely than not will realize most of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, reversed a significant portion of its valuation allowance. The analysis performed to assess the need for a valuation allowance included an evaluation of the four possible sources of taxable income as identified in ASC 740, including the consideration of the positive evidence of its cumulative income history in the three years ended December 31, 2013.

Based on this analysis, as well as due to the realization of certain deferred tax assets during 2013, the Company recorded a $19.9 million reduction of its valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2013, $10.9 million of which was a direct result of the Company’s decision to exit a full valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining valuation allowance is $4.2 million, primarily related to certain state tax credits the Company estimates will expire before they are realized. The Company will analyze its position in subsequent reporting periods, considering all available positive and negative evidence, in determining the expected realization of its deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes excess tax benefits for stock-based awards as an increase to additional paid-in capital only when realized. The Company realized $1.5 million of excess tax benefits during 2013 and, accordingly, recorded an increase to additional paid-in capital. Deferred tax assets are not recognized for net operating loss carryfowards resulting from excess tax benefits related to exercised stock-based awards. As of December 31, 2013, deferred tax assets do not include $10.3 million of excess tax benefits that are a component of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards. Accordingly, additional paid-in capital will increase up to an additional $10.3 million if and when such excess tax benefits are realized.

The Company has federal net operating losses of $18.2 million at December 31, 2013 that begin to expire in 2028.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has effectively eliminated all unrecognized tax benefits. The following table illustrates changes to recorded unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1	$	—	$	60		$	3,126
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions		—		—			1
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		—		(36	)		(2,760	)
Settlements		—		(22	)		(245	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		—		(2	)		(62	)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31	$	—	$	—		$	60

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax matters as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no material amounts accrued for interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company operates in multiple tax jurisdictions and, in the normal course of business, its tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future assessments by these taxing authorities and the Company has accrued a liability when it believes that it is not more likely than not that it will realize the benefits of tax positions that it has taken or for the amount of any tax benefit that exceeds the cumulative probability threshold in accordance with ASC 740. As of September 30, 2013, federal tax years 2010 through 2013 remain subject to examination, while tax returns in certain state tax jurisdictions for years 2008 through 2013 remain subject to examination. The Company has been notified by the state of Michigan that returns filed for tax years 2008 through 2011 will be examined during 2014. The Company believes that adequate provisions have been made for Michigan and all tax returns subject to examination.

In September 2013, the Internal Revenue Service issued Treasury Decision 9636, which enacted final tax regulations regarding the capitalization and expensing of amounts paid to acquire, produce, or improve tangible property. The regulations also include guidance regarding the retirement of depreciable property. The regulations are required to be effective in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the final regulations on its financial statements.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Feb. 13, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Registrant Name	TREX CO INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001069878
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		16,741,324
Entity Public Float			$ 805.6

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Matters

On January 19, 2009, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the Superior Court of California, Santa Cruz County, by the lead law firm of Lieff, Cabraser, Heimann & Bernstein, LLP and certain other law firms (the “Lieff Cabraser Group”) on behalf of Eric Ross and Bradley S. Hureth and similarly situated plaintiffs. These plaintiffs generally alleged certain defects in the Company’s products, and that the Company failed to provide adequate remedies for defective products. On February 13, 2009, the Company removed this case to the United States District Court, Northern District of California. On January 21, 2009, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the United States District Court, Western District of Washington by the law firm of Hagens Berman Sobol Shapiro LLP (“Hagens Berman”) on behalf of Mark Okano and similarly situated plaintiffs, generally alleging certain product defects in the Company’s products, and that the Company failed to provide adequate remedies for defective products. This case was transferred by the Washington Court to the California Court as a related case to the Lieff Cabraser Group’s case.

On July 30, 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California preliminarily approved a settlement of the claims of the lawsuit commenced by the Lieff Cabraser Group involving surface flaking of the Company’s product, and on March 15, 2010, it granted final approval of the settlement.

On March 25, 2010, the Lieff Cabraser Group amended its complaint to add claims relating to alleged defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth. Hagens Berman alleged similar claims in its original complaint. In its Final Order approving the surface flaking settlement, the District Court consolidated these pending actions relating to the mold claims, and appointed Hagens Berman as lead counsel in this case. On December 3, 2010, Hagens Berman filed an amended consolidated complaint in the United States District Court, Northern District of California relating to the mold growth claims (now on behalf of Dean Mahan and other named plaintiffs).

On December 15, 2010, a purported class action case was commenced against the Company in the United States District Court, Western District of Kentucky, by Cohen & Malad, LLP (“Cohen & Malad”) on behalf of Richard Levin and similarly situated plaintiffs in Kentucky, and on June 13, 2011, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in the Marion Circuit/Superior Court of Indiana by Cohen & Malad on behalf of Ellen Kopetsky and similarly situated plaintiffs in Indiana. On June 28, 2011, the Company removed the Kopetsky case to the United States District Court, Southern District of Indiana. (On September 3, 2013, the two lawsuits commenced by Cohen & Malad were settled.) On August 11, 2011, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in the 50 ^th Circuit Court for the County of Chippewa, Michigan on behalf of Joel and Lori Peffers and similarly situated plaintiffs in Michigan. On August 26, 2011, the Company removed the Peffers case to the United States District Court, Western District of Michigan. On April 4, 2012, a purported class action was commenced against the Company in Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County by the lead law firm of Stull, Stull & Brody (the “Stull Group”) on behalf of Caryn Borger, M.D. and similarly situated plaintiffs in New Jersey. On May 1, 2012, the Company removed the Borger case to the United States District Court, District of New Jersey. (On December 5, 2013, the lawsuit commenced by the Stull Group was settled.) The plaintiffs in these purported class actions alleged certain defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth.

On April 5, 2013, the Company signed a settlement agreement with Hagens Berman that settled the case pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of California on a nationwide basis, and the parties filed for preliminary approval of such settlement (the “nationwide settlement”). The material terms of the nationwide settlement, as amended by an amended settlement agreement signed on September 3, 2013, are as follows:

• Trex will make a one-time cash payment or the opportunity to receive other relief, including a rebate certificate on its newer-generation shelled product (Trex Transcend^® and Trex Enhance^®). This relief would be available for any consumer whose first-generation composite decking product has a certain defined level of mold growth, color fading or color variation.

• Trex agreed to discontinue the manufacture of non-shelled decking, railing and fencing products (other than Trex Traditional Railing and Trex Seclusions Fencing) by December 31, 2013.

• Trex agreed to provide a video demonstrating cleaning instructions for non-shelled products on its website, and to distribute warranty pads to retailers.

• The cost to Trex is capped at $8.25 million plus $1.45 million in attorneys’ fees to be paid to the Plaintiffs’ counsel upon final approval of the nationwide settlement by the Court.

The settlement agreement provides that the nationwide settlement applies to any Trex first-generation non-shelled composite decking, railing and fencing product purchased between August 1, 2004 and the date of preliminary approval of the nationwide settlement.

On August 27, 2013, the Court entered an Order granting preliminary approval of the settlement agreement and on December 16, 2013, the Court granted final approval of the settlement. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has accrued a $3.2 million liability related to this litigation. It is reasonably possible that the Company may incur costs in excess of the recorded amounts; however, the Company expects that the total net cost to resolve the lawsuit will not exceed approximately $10 million.

The Company has other lawsuits, as well as other claims, pending against it which are ordinary routine litigation and claims incidental to the business. Management has evaluated the merits of these other lawsuits and claims, and believes that their ultimate resolution will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or competitive position.

Purchase Commitments

The Company fulfills requirements for raw materials under both purchase orders and supply contracts. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company purchased substantially all of its waste wood fiber requirements under purchase orders, which do not involve long-term supply commitments. Substantially all of the Company’s polyethylene (“PE material”) purchases are under short-term supply contracts that average approximately two years, for which pricing is negotiated as needed.

The waste wood and PE material supply contracts generally provide that the Company is obligated to purchase all of the waste wood or PE material a supplier provides, if the waste wood or PE material meets certain specifications. The amount of waste wood and PE material the Company is required to purchase under these contracts varies with the production of its suppliers and, accordingly, is not fixed or determinable. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has purchase commitments under raw material supply contracts of $19.2 million, $8.6 million, $1.5 million and $49 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The Company outsources the production of certain products to third-party manufacturers under supply contracts that commit the Company to purchase minimum levels for each year extending through 2015. The Company has purchase commitments under the third-party manufacturing contracts of $4.4 million and $1.9 million for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Contract Termination Costs

In anticipation of relocating its corporate headquarters, the Company entered into a lease agreement in 2005. The Company reconsidered and decided not to move its headquarters. The lease obligates the Company to lease 55,047 square feet of office space through June 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has executed subleases for 41,701 square feet of the leased space and is currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. The Company estimates that the present value of the estimated future sublease receipts, net of transaction costs, will be less than the Company’s remaining minimum lease payment obligations under its lease and has recorded a liability for the expected shortfall. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, a subtenant defaulted on its sublease payments. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of sublease receipts and recorded a $1.1 million charge to selling, general and administrative expenses to increase its liability.

To estimate future sublease receipts for the periods beyond the term of the existing subleases, the Company has assumed that the existing subleases will be renewed or new subleases will be executed at rates consistent with rental rates in the current subleases or estimated market rates. However, management cannot be certain that the timing of future subleases or the rental rates contained in future subleases will not differ from current estimates. Factors such as the availability of commercial office space, poor economic conditions and subtenant preferences will influence the terms achieved in future subleases. The inability to sublet the office space in the future or unfavorable changes to key management assumptions used in the estimate of the future sublease receipts may result in material charges to selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

As of December 31, 2013, the minimum payments remaining under the Company’s lease over the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and $0.9 million thereafter. The minimum receipts remaining under the Company’s existing subleases over the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are $1.3 million, $0.8 million, $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and $0.4 million thereafter.

The following table provides information about the Company’s liability under the lease (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1,	$	1,103		$	452
Net rental receipts (payments)		(558	)		(115	)
Accretion of discount		98			39
Increase in net estimated contract termination costs		1,144			727
Balance as of December 31,	$	1,787		$	1,103

Product Warranty

The Company warrants that its products will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials. This warranty generally extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. (With respect to TrexTrim™ and Trex Reveal^® Railing, the warranty period is 25 years for both residential and commercial use.) With respect to the Company’s Transcend^®, Enhance^®, Select^® and Universal Fascia product, the Company further warrants that the product will not fade in color more than a certain amount and will be resistant to permanent staining from food substances or mold (provided the stain is cleaned within seven days of appearance). This warranty extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. If there is a breach of such warranties, the Company has an obligation either to replace the defective product or refund the purchase price.

Historically, the Company has not had material numbers of claims submitted or settled under the provisions of its product warranties, with the exception of claims related to material produced at its Nevada facility prior to 2007 that exhibits surface flaking. The Company continues to receive and settle surface flaking claims and maintains a warranty reserve to provide for the settlement of these claims. In 2009, the Company agreed to a settlement of a class action lawsuit covering the surface defect, stipulating its responsibilities with regard to such claims. Estimating the warranty reserve for surface flaking claims requires management to estimate (1) the average cost to settle each claim and (2) the number of claims to be settled with payment, both of which are subject to variables that are difficult to estimate.

The cost per claim varies due to a number of factors, including the size of affected decks, the type of replacement material used, the cost of production of replacement material and the method of claim settlement. Although the cost per claim does vary, it is less volatile and more predictable than the number of claims to be settled with payment, which is inherently uncertain.

The key component driving the Company’s potential liability is the number of claims that will ultimately require payment. To estimate the number of future paid claims, the Company utilizes actuarial techniques to quantify both the expected number of claims to be received and the percentage of those claims that will ultimately require payment. Estimates for both of these elements (number and percentage of claims that will ultimately require payment) are quantified using a range of assumptions derived from the recent claim count history and the identification of factors influencing the claim counts, including the downward trend in received claims due to the passage of time since production of the suspect material. For each of the various parameters used in the analysis, the assumed values in the actuarial valuation produce results that represent the Company’s best estimate for the ultimate number of claims to be settled with payment.

A number of factors make estimates of the number of claims to be received inherently uncertain. The Company believes that production of the suspect material was confined to material produced from its Nevada facility prior to 2007, but is unable to determine the amount of suspect material produced or the exact time it takes for surface flaking to become evident in the suspect material and materialize as a claim. Furthermore, the aforementioned 2009 class action settlement and related public notices led to a significant increase in claims received in 2009 and disrupted the claims data and settlement patterns. Lastly, the Company is not aware of any analogous industry data that might be referenced in predicting future claims to be received.

The number of surface flaking claims received peaked in 2009 in conjunction with the class action settlement and related public notices and the trend of claims received began to decline significantly in 2010 and 2011, consistent with the Company’s belief that the effect of the 2009 spike in claims was largely an acceleration of claims previously expected to be filed in future periods. As a result of the effects of the class action settlement and because the suspect material had not been produced since prior to 2007, the Company anticipated that the rate of decline in claims received would accelerate and the number of claims received would continue to decline significantly in 2012.

The Company monitors surface flaking claims activity each quarter for indications that its estimate of the number of claims expected requires revision. Due to extensive use of decks during the summer outdoor season, variance to annual claims expectations is typically observed during the latter part of the Company’s fiscal year. During the third quarter of 2012, based on an analysis of additional claims activity, the Company observed that the actual rate of decline in claims received in 2012 would fall short of its anticipated rate of decline. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of the future claims to be received to reflect a rate of decline that incorporated levels experienced in 2012. Although the number of claims expected to be received continued to decline each year, the effect of reducing the anticipated rate of decline increased the total number of claims expected in future years. As a result of these changes in estimate, the Company recorded an increase to the warranty reserve of $20 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012.

During the third quarter of 2013, the number of claims received was significantly greater than the Company’s prior estimates. Although the number of claims received during the first nine months of 2013 remained lower than those received during the first nine months of 2012, the number of claims received during the third quarter of 2013 exceeded those received during the third quarter of 2012. This represented the first quarterly year-over-year increase in the number of claims received since the 2009 class action settlement was made public.

The Company believes that this unexpected increase in claims was due primarily to a response to communications made by the Company in July 2013 informing homeowners of potential hazards associated with decking products exhibiting surface flaking that are not timely replaced. These communications included a public press release and over 10,000 letters sent to homeowners that previously filed surface flaking claims. In addition to contributing to the increase in new claims received, these communications resulted in the reopening of a significant number of claims previously closed. Furthermore, although not directly related to the surface flaking issue, in August 2013, the United States District Court, Northern District of California granted preliminary approval of a settlement agreement related to cases in which plaintiffs generally alleged certain defects in the Company’s products and alleged misrepresentations relating to mold growth. The Company believes that public notices made subsequent to the Court approval increased homeowner awareness of product-related issues and contributed to the increased number of surface flaking claims received during the third quarter of 2013. As a result of these public communications, the Company expects to experience elevated claims activity, both in new claims received and reopened claims, for the near future, after which it expects a return to previously-experienced rates of decline. However, the elevated claims activity resulted in a material increase in the expected number of claims to settle with payment.

In addition to the increased number of expected claims to be settled with payment, the Company has experienced an increase in the average cost to settle a claim during 2013. Analysis of claims data indicates that the increased cost per claim is driven primarily by an increase in the average size of settled claims, which the Company believes reflects a shift from partial deck replacements to full deck replacements. Also, the Company’s August 2013 decision to discontinue production of the Accents^® product, which is currently used as replacement material for surface flaking claims, necessitated a change in the average cost expectations due to the implications of transitioning to alternative replacement material.

Due to the unfavorable claims and cost experience during the three months ended September 30, 2013, as described above, the Company recorded a $20 million increase to the warranty reserve.

The Company’s analysis is based on currently known facts and a number of assumptions. Projecting future events such as the number of claims to be received, the number of claims that will require payment and the average cost of claims could cause the actual warranty liabilities to be higher or lower than those projected which could materially affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. The Company estimates that the number of claims received will decline over time. If the level of claims received does not diminish consistent with its expectations or if the cost to settle claims increases, it could result in additional increases to the warranty reserve and reduced earnings and cash flows in future periods. The Company estimates that a 10% change in the expected number of remaining claims to be settled with payment or the expected cost to settle claims may result in approximately a $4.1 million change in the warranty reserve.

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s warranty reserve (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Beginning balance, January 1	$	28,987		$	16,345
Changes in estimates related to pre-existing warranties		20,000			21,487
Settlements made during the period		(8,175	)		(8,845	)
Ending balance, December 31	$	40,812		$	28,987

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 342,511	$ 307,354	$ 266,789
Cost of sales	243,893	222,772	203,998
Gross profit	98,618	84,582	62,791
Selling, general and administrative expenses	73,967	71,907	60,620
Income from operations	24,651	12,675	2,171
Interest expense, net	602	8,946	16,364
Income (loss) before income taxes	24,049	3,729	(14,193)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(10,549)	1,009	(2,605)
Net income (loss)	34,598	2,720	(11,588)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share	$ 2.06	$ 0.17	$ (0.75)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding	16,794,841	16,123,592	15,388,456
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$ 2.02	$ 0.16	$ (0.75)
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding	17,136,751	17,064,856	15,388,456
Other comprehensive income:
Net derivative losses on interest rate swaps, before tax			312
Income tax expense related to net derivative losses on interest rate swaps			128
Other comprehensive income, net of tax			184
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 34,598	$ 2,720	$ (11,404)

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

6. DEBT

The Company’s debt consists of a revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding indebtedness, and the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 1.9%.

Revolving Credit Facility

On January 6, 2012, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with BB&T, as a lender, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer and a Collateral Agent; Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (“Wells Fargo”) as a lender and a Collateral Agent; and BB&T Capital Markets (“BB&T Capital”), as Lead Arranger to amend the Credit Agreement. BB&T and Wells Fargo are referenced herein as the “Lenders.” These new agreements replace the previous revolver note, the swing advance note and the letter of credit facility, in their entireties and account for all of the Company’s debt capacity. No additional fees were due or owing as a result of the termination of the previous agreements.

Under the Amended Credit Agreement, the Lenders agreed to provide the Company with one or more revolving loans in a collective maximum principal amount of $100 million (the “Revolver Loans”).

Included within the Revolver Loan limit are sublimits for a Letter of Credit Facility in an amount not to exceed $15 million (the “Letter of Credit Facility”); and Swing Advances in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5 million (the “Swing Advance Loan”). The Revolver Loans, the Letter of Credit Facility and the Swing Advance Loan are collectively referred to herein as the “Loans.” The Loans were obtained for the purpose of raising working capital and refinancing the Company’s existing indebtedness.

The Revolver Loans, the Swing Advances and the Letter of Credit Facility provide the Company, in the aggregate, the ability to borrow a principal amount not to exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding (the “Revolving Loan Limit”) (subject to certain Borrowing Base requirements as described in the Amended Credit Agreement which include limits on Eligible Accounts and Inventory as described in the Amended Credit Agreement and any written agreement which may be executed from time to time by the Company and each of the Collateral Agents). The Company is not obligated to borrow any amount under the Revolving Loan Limit. Within the Revolving Loan Limit, the Company may borrow or repay at any time or from time to time while the Revolving Loans are in effect.

Base Rate Advances (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) under the Revolver Loans and the Swing Advances accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and Euro-Dollar Advances for the Revolver Loans and Swing Advances accrue interest at the Adjusted London InterBank Offered Rate plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). Repayment of all then outstanding principal, interest, fees and costs is due on January 9, 2015.

The Letter of Credit Facility provides that upon the Company’s application, BB&T shall issue to the Company’s credit one or more letters of credit in the aggregate amount of up to $15 million, or such lesser amount as may be required by law. The Company shall reimburse BB&T for all amounts payable, including interest, under a Letter of Credit at the earlier of (i) the date set forth in the application or (ii) on business day after the payment under such Letter of Credit by BB&T.

On February 26, 2013, the Company entered into a First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement was amended to temporarily increase the maximum amount of the Revolver Loans from $100 million to $125 million during the period from February 26, 2013 through and including June 30, 2013 to meet seasonal cash requirements and reduce certain interest rate margins and costs. In conjunction with the First Amendment, the Revolver Notes executed by the Company to each of BB&T and Wells Fargo dated as of January 6, 2012 were amended and restated. The maximum amount of the Revolver Loans reverted to $100 million on July 1, 2013.

On December 17, 2013, the Company entered into a Second Amendment (“Second Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment dated February 26, 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Credit Agreement was amended to temporarily increase the maximum amount of the Revolver Loans from $100 million to $125 million during the period from January 1, 2014 through and including June 30, 2014 to meet seasonal cash requirements. No other material changes were made to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Amounts drawn under the Revolver Loans are subject to a borrowing base consisting of certain accounts receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment and real estate. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver Loans and additional available borrowing capacity of approximately $71.9 million.

Compliance with Debt Covenants and Restrictions

The Company’s ability to make scheduled principal and interest payments, borrow and repay amounts under any outstanding revolving credit facility, and continue to comply with any loan covenants depends primarily on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations. To remain in compliance with financial covenants in the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain specified financial ratios based on levels of debt, capital, net worth, fixed charges, and earnings (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary non-cash losses) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, all of which are subject to the risks of the business, some of which are discussed in this report under “Risk Factors.” The Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Loans at December 31, 2013. Under the Credit Agreement, the material financial covenants and restrictions are as follows:

(a) Minimum Consolidated Net Worth. The Company agreed that it will maintain Consolidated Net Worth, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011, of not less than $85 million.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Company agreed that it will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.15 to 1.0, measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2011.

(c) Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio. The Company agreed that it will not permit the Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.0 measured as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter (and in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four-quarter period ending on such date) after the date on which the Senior Subordinated Notes have been redeemed in full.

Failure to comply with the financial covenants in the Credit Agreement could be considered a default of the Company’s repayment obligations and, among other remedies, could accelerate payment of any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

XML

Accrued Expenses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

	2013		2012
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	9,135	$	10,080
Accrued sales and marketing costs		5,269		3,402
Accrued legal contingency		3,174		—
Accrued rent obligations		1,787		1,103
Accrued manufacturing expenses		1,107		1,350
Other		2,823		2,883
Total accrued expenses	$	23,295	$	18,818

XML

Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Inventories, at LIFO Value

Inventories (at LIFO value) consist of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Finished goods	$	30,423		$	23,172
Raw materials		16,502			18,068
Total FIFO inventories		46,925			41,240
Reserve to adjust inventories to LIFO value		(24,497	)		(23,719	)
Total LIFO inventories	$	22,428		$	17,521

XML

Interim Financial Data (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Interim Financial Data (Unaudited)

13. INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2013 (a)		September 30, 2013 (b)			June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012			September 30, 2012 (c)			June 30, 2012		March 31, 2012
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales		63,831		72,249			98,551		107,880		46,155			70,819			94,279		96,100
Gross profit		19,685		151			36,922		41,860		13,426			2,146			33,590		35,419
Net income (loss)		15,103		(15,298	)		13,224		21,569		(3,619	)		(14,312	)		8,339		12,311
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.91	$	(0.91	)	$	0.78	$	1.28	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.86	)	$	0.54	$	0.80
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.90	$	(0.91	)	$	0.76	$	1.25	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.86	)	$	0.48	$	0.74

The Company’s net sales, gross profit and income from operations have historically varied from quarter to quarter. Such variations are often attributable to seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. The Company has historically experienced lower net sales during the fourth quarter because holidays and adverse weather conditions in certain regions reduce the level of home improvement and construction activity.

(a) Three months ended December 31, 2013 was materially affected by a $10.9 million benefit as a direct result of the Company’s decision to exit a full valuation allowance.

(b) Three months ended September 30, 2013 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve.

(c) Three months ended September 30, 2012 was materially affected by a pre-tax increase of $20.0 million to the warranty reserve.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

9. LEASES

The Company leases office space, storage warehouses and certain office and plant equipment under various operating leases. Minimum annual payments under these non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2014	$	6,803
2015		6,289
2016		5,362
2017		5,343
2018		5,277
Thereafter		15,198
Total minimum lease payments	$	44,272

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized rental expenses of approximately $6.5 million, $7.5 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

XML

Interim Financial Data (Unaudited) - Summary of Interim Financial Data (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 63,831	$ 72,249	$ 98,551	$ 107,880	$ 46,155	$ 70,819	$ 94,279	$ 96,100	$ 342,511	$ 307,354	$ 266,789
Gross profit	19,685	151	36,922	41,860	13,426	2,146	33,590	35,419	98,618	84,582	62,791
Net income (loss)	$ 15,103	$ (15,298)	$ 13,224	$ 21,569	$ (3,619)	$ (14,312)	$ 8,339	$ 12,311	$ 34,598	$ 2,720	$ (11,588)
Basic net income (loss) per share	$ 0.91	$ (0.91)	$ 0.78	$ 1.28	$ (0.22)	$ (0.86)	$ 0.54	$ 0.80	$ 2.06	$ 0.17	$ (0.75)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$ 0.90	$ (0.91)	$ 0.76	$ 1.25	$ (0.22)	$ (0.86)	$ 0.48	$ 0.74	$ 2.02	$ 0.16	$ (0.75)

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	34,598	$	2,720	$	(11,588	)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		16,794,841		16,123,592		15,388,456
Effect of dilutive securities:
SARS and options		255,353		406,482		—
Restricted stock		86,557		51,799		—
Convertible notes		—		482,983		—
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		17,136,751		17,064,856		15,388,456
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	2.06	$	0.17	$	(0.75	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	2.02	$	0.16	$	(0.75	)

Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per share computation plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes the following potentially dilutive securities because the effect would be anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Restricted stock and stock options		59,298		117,322		323,562
Stock appreciation rights		36,577		121,206		1,195,462

Stock Repurchase Programs

On August 1, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock over a six-month period (the “August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program”). During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Company repurchased 561,255 shares for $25.0 million at an average price of $44.54 per share, which completed the authorization under the August 2013 Stock Repurchase Program.

On October 24, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional common stock repurchase program, expiring on February 10, 2014, of up to $30 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock (the “October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program”). The Company made no repurchases under the October 2013 Stock Repurchase Program before it expired.

On February 19, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional common stock repurchase program of up to $50 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This authorization has no expiration date.

Stock Split

On February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01. The stock split will be in the form of a stock dividend to be distributed on May 7, 2014 to stockholders of record at the close of business on April 7, 2014. The financial statements presented in this Form 10-K appropriately do not reflect the effects of the stock split.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has one stock-based compensation plan, the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Stock-based compensation is granted to officers, directors and certain key employees in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock and performance share awards. The total aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the Plan is 3,150,000 shares. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, stock compensation expense related to awards under the Plan was $3.8 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. This expense is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

The Plan authorizes the grant of stock options and SARs. Stock options are granted with an exercise price and SARs are granted with a grant price equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. These awards have ten-year contractual terms and vest based on the terms of the individual awards. The options and SARs are generally forfeitable upon termination of a holder’s service as an employee or director, unless the individual’s service is terminated due to retirement, death or permanent disability. The Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the award. Prior to 2006, the Company granted stock options and all stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 are fully vested. In 2006, the Company began the use of SARs instead of stock options.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to SARs expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.7 years. The fair value of each stock option award and SAR is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For SARs issued in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the assumptions shown in the following table were used:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%
Average risk-free interest rate		0.7	%		0.8	%		2.0	%
Expected term (years)		5			5			5
Volatility		63.7	%		65.9	%		65.0	%

Expected Volatility. Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. The Company has used the historical volatility over the average expected term of the options granted as the expected volatility.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. This is the U.S. Treasury rate having a term that most closely resembles the expected term of the option.

Expected Term. The expected term is the period of time that the SARs granted is expected to remain unexercised. SARs granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 had a maximum term of ten years. The Company used historical exercise behavior with further consideration given to the class of employees to whom the equity awards were granted to estimate the expected term of the SAR.

The forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of equity awards granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience with further consideration given to the class of employees to whom the equity awards were granted.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $43.89.

Stock option activity under the Plan and a predecessor stock incentive plan is as follows:

	Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value as of December 31, 2013
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		222,446		$	33.20
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(57,027	)	$	27.94
Canceled		(20,350	)	$	31.71
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		145,069		$	38.08
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(23,189	)	$	31.35
Canceled		(1,242	)	$	20.00
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		120,638		$	40.37
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(93,484	)	$	49.83
Canceled		(6,010	)	$	36.31
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948
Vested at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948

SAR activity under the Plan is as follows:

	SARs			Weighted- Average Grant Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value as of December 31, 2013
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		1,246,495		$	13.70
Granted		96,765		$	25.76
Exercised		(180,555	)	$	28.34
Canceled		—		$	—
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,162,705		$	13.17
Granted		100,914		$	25.75
Exercised		(567,953	)	$	13.08
Canceled		(8,476	)	$	24.15
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		687,190		$	18.56
Granted		60,588		$	43.89
Exercised		(374,667	)	$	15.39
Canceled		(3,514	)	$	26.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		369,597		$	25.85		6.9	$	2,547,706
Vested at December 31, 2013		230,604		$	21.37		6.0	$	1,386,104
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		230,604		$	21.37		6.0	$	1,386,104

Restricted Stock

The fair value of the restricted stock is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s shares on the grant date. Shares of restricted stock vest based on the terms of the awards. Unvested restricted stock is generally forfeitable upon termination of a holder’s service as an employee, unless the individual’s service is terminated due to retirement, death or permanent disability. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 47,015, 156,927 and 67,945 restricted shares were granted at $44.42, $27.18 and $25.86 per share, respectively. The total fair value of restricted shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.1 million, $2.5 million, and $4.1 million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, $2.5 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million of compensation expense, respectively, was recognized related to restricted stock awards. At December 31, 2013, there was $3.6 million of total compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock remaining to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years. Compensation expense related to restricted stock is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Restricted stock activity under the Plan is as follows:

	Restricted Stock			Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		244,436		$	13.65
Granted		67,945		$	25.86
Vested		(151,706	)	$	27.06
Forfeited		(500	)	$	17.41
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		160,175		$	22.99
Granted		156,927		$	27.18
Vested		(94,705	)	$	26.88
Forfeited		(7,712	)	$	25.47
Nonvested at December 31, 2012		214,685		$	24.16
Granted		47,015		$	44.42
Vested		(69,797	)	$	44.55
Forfeited		(416	)	$	32.32
Nonvested at December 31, 2013		191,487		$	27.56

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) that permits eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock of the Company at a purchase price which is the lesser of 85% of the market price on either the first day of the calendar quarter or the last day of the calendar quarter. Eligible employees may elect to participate in the plan by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of gross compensation for each payroll period. On the last day of each quarter, each participant’s contribution account is used to purchase the maximum number of whole shares of common stock determined by dividing the contribution account’s balance by the purchase price. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased under the plan is 300,000. Through December 31, 2013, employees had purchased approximately 200,000 shares under the plan. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, compensation expense of $98.7 thousand, $65.3 thousand and $86.3 thousand, respectively, was recognized related to the discount on ESPP purchases. Compensation expense related to ESPP purchases is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Compensation And Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Through December 31, 2013, the Company had a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The plan covered substantially all of the Company’s full-time employees. The plan documents provide for the Company to match contributions equal to 100% of an employee’s contribution to the plan up to 6% of base salary. The Company’s contributions to the plan totaled $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Estimated Useful Lives of Property Plant and Equipment (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Buildings [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	40 years
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	10 years
Forklifts and Tractors [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	5 years
Minimum [Member] | Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	5 years
Minimum [Member] | Computer Equipment and Software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	3 years
Maximum [Member] | Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	11 years
Maximum [Member] | Computer Equipment and Software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant, and equipment estimated useful life	5 years

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Compensation And Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Percentage of employee's contribution to the plan up to 6% of base salary matched by the Company	100.00%
Employer's contribution percentage	6.00%
Employer's contribution	$ 1.8	$ 1.6	$ 1.6

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Accounting

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Trex Wood-Polymer Espana, S.L. (“TWPE”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

TWPE was formed to hold the Company’s 35% equity interest in Denplax, S.A. (“Denplax”), a joint venture with a Spanish Company responsible for public environmental programs in southern Spain and with an Italian equipment manufacturer. The joint venture was formed to recycle polyethylene at a facility in El Ejido, Spain. The Company’s investment in Denplax is accounted for using the equity method. During 2010, the Company determined that its investment in Denplax and a related note receivable were no longer recoverable and recorded a $2.4 million charge to earnings to fully reserve the equity investment and note. Both the equity investment and note remain fully reserved as of December 31, 2013.

Iron Deck Acquisition

Iron Deck Acquisition

On May 2, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Iron Deck Corporation, a manufacturer of steel deck framing systems located in Denver, Colorado, for approximately $2 million in cash plus the assumption of certain liabilities. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded an increase of $3.7 million to Goodwill. No other material tangible or intangible assets were identified. The provisions of the purchase agreement allow for future payments contingent upon certain future sales targets. The contingent payments were estimated as purchase consideration at the acquisition date and may be revised if actual sales differ from projected sales. As a result of decreased near-term sales projections of steel deck framing systems, the Company reduced its provision for future contingent payments and recorded a $0.2 million and $1.4 million benefit to selling, general and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less

Concentrations and Credit Risk

Concentrations and Credit Risk

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company from time to time may have bank deposits in excess of insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As of December 31, 2013, substantially all deposits are maintained in one financial institution. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash and cash equivalents.

The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and believes that its trade receivables credit risk exposure is limited. Trade receivables are carried at the original invoice amount less an estimate made for payment discounts and doubtful accounts. A valuation allowance is provided for known and anticipated credit losses and disputed amounts, as determined by management in the course of regularly evaluating individual customer receivables. This evaluation takes into consideration a customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions.

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, sales to certain customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one customer of the Company represented approximately 28% of the Company’s net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2012, two customers of the Company represented approximately 26% and 10% of the Company’s net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer of the Company represented approximately 24% of the Company’s net sales. As of December 31, 2013, three customers represented 29%, 15%, and 12%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable balance.

Approximately 44%, 40%, and 33% of the Company’s raw materials purchases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were purchased from its four largest suppliers.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (last-in, first-out, or “LIFO” method) or market value. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow moving or obsolete items and writes down the related products to estimated realizable value. The Company has not established significant reserves for estimated slow moving products or obsolescence. At December 31, 2013, the excess of the replacement cost of inventory over the LIFO value of inventory was approximately $24.5 million. Due to the nature of the LIFO valuation methodology, liquidations of inventories will result in a portion of the Company’s cost of sales being based on historical rather than current year costs.

The majority of the Company’s products are made in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene. The Company grinds up scrap materials generated from its manufacturing process and inventories deemed no longer salable and reintroduces the “reclaimed” material into the manufacturing process as a substitute for raw materials. The reclaimed material is valued at the costs of the raw material components of the material.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Machinery and equipment	5-11 years
Furniture and equipment	10 years
Forklifts and tractors	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3-5 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. To determine the recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future estimated undiscounted net cash flows will be less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets. If the estimated cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to their fair value. The Company’s estimates of anticipated cash flows and the remaining estimated useful lives of long-lived assets could be reduced in the future. As a result, the carrying amount of long-lived assets could be reduced in the future.

Contract Termination Costs

Contract Termination Costs

In anticipation of relocating its corporate headquarters, the Company entered into a lease agreement in 2005. The Company reconsidered and decided not to move its headquarters. The lease obligates the Company to lease 55,047 square feet of office space through June 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has executed subleases for 41,701 square feet of the leased space and is currently marketing the remaining portion of the space to find a suitable tenant. The Company estimates that the present value of the estimated future sublease receipts, net of transaction costs, will be less than the Company’s remaining minimum lease payment obligations under its lease and has recorded a liability for the expected shortfall. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, a subtenant defaulted on its sublease payments. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of sublease receipts and recorded a $1.1 million charge to selling, general and administrative expenses to increase its liability.

To estimate future sublease receipts for the periods beyond the term of the existing subleases, we have assumed that the existing subleases will be renewed or new subleases will be executed at rates consistent with rental rates in the current subleases or estimated market rates. However, management cannot be certain that the timing of future subleases or the rental rates contained in future subleases will not differ from current estimates. Factors such as the availability of commercial office space, poor economic conditions and subtenant preferences will influence the terms achieved in future subleases. The inability to sublet the office space in the future or unfavorable changes to key management assumptions used in the estimate of the future sublease receipts may result in material charges to selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

Goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over net assets acquired resulting from the Company’s 1996 purchase of the Mobil Composite Products Division and the 2011 purchase of the assets of the Iron Deck Corporation. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change in the interim that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying amount. Goodwill is considered to be impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the Company first compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and step two of the impairment analysis is performed. In step two of the analysis, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value should such a circumstance arise.

The Company measures fair value of the reporting unit based on a present value of future discounted cash flows and a market valuation approach. The discounted cash flows model indicates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of the cash flows that the reporting unit is expected to generate in the future. Significant estimates in the discounted cash flows model include: the weighted average cost of capital; long-term rate of growth and profitability of the business; and working capital effects. The market valuation approach indicates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the Company against certain market information. Significant estimates in the market approach model include identifying appropriate market multiples and assessing earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill and noted no impairment. The Company performs the annual impairment testing of its goodwill as of October 31 of each year. However, actual results could differ from the Company’s estimates and projections, which would affect the assessment of impairment. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had goodwill of $10.5 million that is subject to at least annual review of impairment.

Product Warranty

Product Warranty

The Company warrants that its products will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials. This warranty generally extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. (With respect to TrexTrim™ and Trex Reveal^® Railing, the warranty period is 25 years for both residential and commercial use.) With respect to the Company’s Transcend^®, Enhance^®, Select^® and Universal Fascia product, the Company further warrants that the product will not fade in color more than a certain amount and will be resistant to permanent staining from food substances or mold (provided the stain is cleaned within seven days of appearance). This warranty extends for a period of 25 years for residential use and 10 years for commercial use. If there is a breach of such warranties, the Company has an obligation either to replace the defective product or refund the purchase price. The Company establishes warranty reserves to provide for estimated future expenses as a result of product defects that result in claims. Reserve estimates are based on management’s judgment, considering such factors as cost per claim, historical experience, anticipated rates of claims, and other available information. Management reviews and adjusts these estimates, if necessary, on a quarterly basis based on the differences between actual experience and historical estimates.

Treasury Stock

Treasury Stock

The Company records the repurchase of shares of its common stock at cost. These shares are considered treasury stock, which is a reduction to stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is included in authorized and issued shares but excluded from outstanding shares.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when title is transferred to customers, which is generally upon shipment of the product to the customer. The Company does not grant contractual product return rights to customers other than pursuant to its product warranty. The Company does not expect future product returns to be material and, consequently, does not maintain an allowance for product returns.

The Company records all shipping and handling fees in sales and records all of the related costs in cost of sales. The Company offers sales incentive programs to dealers and distributors, including rebates, pricing discounts, favorable payment terms and cooperative advertising, many of which result in cash consideration made to dealers and distributors. The Company accounts for consideration made pursuant to these programs in accordance with accounting guidance that governs consideration given by a vendor to a customer. With the exception of cooperative advertising, the Company classifies sales incentives as a reduction in revenue in “Net sales.” Sales incentives are recorded in the period in which they are earned by customers. The Company’s cooperative advertising program meets the requirements for exclusion from net sales and the costs are recorded as expenses in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Cooperative advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures share-based compensation at the grant date of the award based on the fair value, and is recognized on a straight line basis as expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the vesting periods of the award, net of an estimated forfeiture rate.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a full valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets. The Company’s assessment gave significant weight to the negative evidence of its cumulative loss history in the three years ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it more likely than not will realize most of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, reversed a significant portion of its valuation allowance. The analysis performed to assess the need for a valuation allowance included an evaluation of all available positive and negative evidence and the four possible sources of taxable income as identified in ASC 740, including the consideration of the positive evidence of its cumulative income history in the three years ended December 31, 2013.

Research and Development Costs

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, research and development costs were $2.9 million, $2.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and have been included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses its branding and advertising communication costs as incurred. Significant production costs are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related advertisement is first used. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, were included in prepaid expenses for production costs.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, branding expenses, including advertising expenses as described above, were $20.9 million, $20.5 million and $19.4 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and net unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts. Amounts related to interest rate swap contracts that were previously included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” and reclassified to “Interest expense, net” were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2011. Comprehensive income consisted solely of net income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	34,598	$	2,720	$	(11,588	)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		16,794,841		16,123,592		15,388,456
Effect of dilutive securities:
SARS and options		255,353		406,482		—
Restricted stock		86,557		51,799		—
Convertible notes		—		482,983		—
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		17,136,751		17,064,856		15,388,456
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	2.06	$	0.17	$	(0.75	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	2.02	$	0.16	$	(0.75	)

Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share

The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes the following potentially dilutive securities because the effect would be anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Restricted stock and stock options		59,298		117,322		323,562
Stock appreciation rights		36,577		121,206		1,195,462

XML

Leases - Minimum Annual Payments Under Non-Cancelable Leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Operating Leases Future Minimum Payments Due [Abstract]
2014	$ 6,803
2015	6,289
2016	5,362
2017	5,343
2018	5,277
Thereafter	15,198
Total minimum lease payments	$ 44,272

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$ 15,103	$ (15,298)	$ 13,224	$ 21,569	$ (3,619)	$ (14,312)	$ 8,339	$ 12,311	$ 34,598	$ 2,720	$ (11,588)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding									16,794,841	16,123,592	15,388,456
Effect of dilutive securities:
SARS and options									255,353	406,482
Restricted stock									86,557	51,799
Convertible notes										482,983
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding									17,136,751	17,064,856	15,388,456
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$ 0.91	$ (0.91)	$ 0.78	$ 1.28	$ (0.22)	$ (0.86)	$ 0.54	$ 0.80	$ 2.06	$ 0.17	$ (0.75)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$ 0.90	$ (0.91)	$ 0.76	$ 1.25	$ (0.22)	$ (0.86)	$ 0.48	$ 0.74	$ 2.02	$ 0.16	$ (0.75)

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Member]	Retained Earnings (Deficit) [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	$ 102,922	$ 155	$ 98,905	$ (184)	$ 4,046
Beginning Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2010		15,458,002
Net income (loss)	(11,588)				(11,588)
Net derivatives losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	184			184
Employee stock purchase and option plans	1,427	1	1,426
Employee stock purchase and option plans, Shares		139,228
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards	(3,092)		(3,092)
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards, shares		(62,543)
Stock-based compensation	3,146		3,146
Stock-based compensation, Shares		67,445
Repurchases of convertible notes	(500)		(500)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	92,499	156	99,885		(7,542)
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2011		15,602,132
Net income (loss)	2,720				2,720
Employee stock purchase and option plans	822	2	820
Employee stock purchase and option plans, Shares		234,552
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards	(5,524)	1	(5,525)
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards, shares		(37,151)
Stock-based compensation	3,469		3,469
Stock-based compensation, Shares		149,215
Common stock issued upon conversion of notes		11	(11)
Common stock issued upon conversion of notes ,Shares		1,061,745
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	93,986	170	98,638		(4,822)
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2012		17,010,493
Net income (loss)	34,598				34,598
Employee stock purchase and option plans	4,032	3	4,029
Employee stock purchase and option plans, Shares		271,335
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards	(6,277)		(6,277)
Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards, shares		(29,365)
Stock-based compensation	3,811		3,811
Stock-based compensation, Shares		46,599
Excess tax benefits from stock compensation	1,466		1,466
Shares repurchased under our publicly announced share repurchase programs	(25,000)					(25,000)
Shares repurchased under our publicly announced share repurchase programs, shares		(561,255)				561,255
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 106,616	$ 173	$ 101,667		$ 29,776	$ (25,000)
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2013		16,737,807				561,255

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property Plant And Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Building and improvements	$	48,774		$	57,435
Machinery and equipment		195,873			218,359
Furniture and fixtures		2,062			1,999
Forklifts and tractors		6,191			5,373
Computer equipment		8,353			7,371
Construction in process		7,619			1,855
Land		8,858			8,858
		277,730			301,250
Accumulated depreciation		(176,947	)		(196,825	)
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,783		$	104,425

The Company had construction in process as of December 31, 2013 of approximately $7.6 million. The Company expects that the construction in process will be completed and put into service in the year ending December 31, 2014.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $15.9 million, $16.5 million and $18.4 million, respectively.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Summary of Liability Related to Lease (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Balance as of January 1,	$ 1,103	$ 452
Net rental receipts (payments)	(558)	(115)
Accretion of discount	98	39
Increase in net estimated contract termination costs	1,144	727
Balance as of December 31,	$ 1,787	$ 1,103

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Summary of Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value of Each SAR

The fair value of each stock option award and SAR is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For SARs issued in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the assumptions shown in the following table were used:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%
Average risk-free interest rate		0.7	%		0.8	%		2.0	%
Expected term (years)		5			5			5
Volatility		63.7	%		65.9	%		65.0	%

Stock Option Activity

Stock option activity under the Plan and a predecessor stock incentive plan is as follows:

	Options			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value as of December 31, 2013
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		222,446		$	33.20
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(57,027	)	$	27.94
Canceled		(20,350	)	$	31.71
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		145,069		$	38.08
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(23,189	)	$	31.35
Canceled		(1,242	)	$	20.00
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		120,638		$	40.37
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(93,484	)	$	49.83
Canceled		(6,010	)	$	36.31
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948
Vested at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		21,144		$	40.09		1.0	$	833,948

SAR Activity

SAR activity under the Plan is as follows:

	SARs			Weighted- Average Grant Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value as of December 31, 2013
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		1,246,495		$	13.70
Granted		96,765		$	25.76
Exercised		(180,555	)	$	28.34
Canceled		—		$	—
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,162,705		$	13.17
Granted		100,914		$	25.75
Exercised		(567,953	)	$	13.08
Canceled		(8,476	)	$	24.15
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		687,190		$	18.56
Granted		60,588		$	43.89
Exercised		(374,667	)	$	15.39
Canceled		(3,514	)	$	26.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		369,597		$	25.85		6.9	$	2,547,706
Vested at December 31, 2013		230,604		$	21.37		6.0	$	1,386,104
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		230,604		$	21.37		6.0	$	1,386,104

Restricted Stock Activity

Restricted stock activity under the Plan is as follows:

	Restricted Stock			Weighted-Average Grant Price Per Share
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		244,436		$	13.65
Granted		67,945		$	25.86
Vested		(151,706	)	$	27.06
Forfeited		(500	)	$	17.41
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		160,175		$	22.99
Granted		156,927		$	27.18
Vested		(94,705	)	$	26.88
Forfeited		(7,712	)	$	25.47
Nonvested at December 31, 2012		214,685		$	24.16
Granted		47,015		$	44.42
Vested		(69,797	)	$	44.55
Forfeited		(416	)	$	32.32
Nonvested at December 31, 2013		191,487		$	27.56

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 277,730,000	$ 301,250,000
Depreciation expense	15,900,000	16,500,000	18,400,000
Construction in Process [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 7,619,000	$ 1,855,000

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Valuation And Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

TREX COMPANY, INC.

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

(In Thousands)

Descriptions	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions (Reductions) Charged to Cost and Expenses			Other		Deductions			Balance at End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2013:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (a)	$	7	$	(3	)	$	—	$	(4	)	$	—
Warranty reserve	$	28,987	$	20,000		$	—	$	(8,175	)	$	40,812
Income tax valuation allowance	$	24,131	$	—		$	—	$	(19,930	)	$	4,201
Year ended December 31, 2012:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (a)	$	292	$	(362	)	$	—	$	77		$	7
Warranty reserve	$	16,345	$	21,487		$	—	$	(8,845	)	$	28,987
Income tax valuation allowance	$	24,199	$	(68	)	$	—	$	—		$	24,131
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (a)	$	335	$	23		$	—	$	(66	)	$	292
Warranty reserve	$	14,472	$	9,976		$	—	$	(8,103	)	$	16,345
Income tax valuation allowance	$	21,090	$	3,109		$	—	$	—		$	24,199

(a) Reserve related to accounts receivable